C20 THROUGH C26 AMINO STEROIDS

Abstract: Disclosed are DELTA <9(11)>-steroids (VI) and amino substituted steroids of formula (XI), which contain an amino group attached to the terminal carbon atom of the C17-side chain, more particularly amino steroids (Ia and Ib), aromatic steroids (II), DELTA <16>-steroids (IIIa and IIIb), reduced A-ring steroids (IV), DELTA <17(20)>-steroids (Va and Vb) and DELTA <9(11)>-steroids (VI) which are useful as pharmaceutical agents for treating a number of conditions.

Description: C Q THROUGH Cog AMINO STEROIDS BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Various amino (substituted) steroids are known with the amine substitution on either the steroldal ring system or on the side chain of the D-ring at C_η . ' U.S. Patent 4,456,602 discloses steroidal 21-esters in which there is an amino function in the non-steroidal portion of the ester. In the 3c_-hydroxy series, U.S. Patent 3,998,829 discloses 21- aminomethyl steroids and U.S. Patent 3,983,111 discloses 21-amino steroids where the amino group is cyclized. These patents also disclose reduced A-ring steroids as wel^l as steroids with a hydrogen atom at C- \ _ j and two hydrogen atoms at C* j _*-*_. 20-Amino steroids are known in the Δ -3-keto series with no substitution at C^- j _ and G ->, see Can. J. Chem. , 47, 160 (1969); J. Med. Chem., 27, 1690 (1983); U.S. Patents 4,377,584 and 4,191,759; Chem.-Biol. Interact., 46, 1 (1983); J. Steroid Biochem., 20, 1095 (1984); Inorg. Chim. Acta, 91, 257 (1984), with substitution at C^, see Steroids 35, 265 (1980) and Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 623, 280 (1980) as well as with substitution at both Q and C-J , see Steroids, supra. 20-Amino steroids are known in the Δ 1, -3-keto series with an 11J-hydroxyl substitution, see Steroids, supra, as well as with ll9,17α-dihydroxy substitution, see Protides Biol. Fluids, 29, 393 (1982); J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 22, 209 (1984); Eur. J. Biochem., 108, 47 (1980); J. Steroid Biochem. , 14, 697 (1981), Nature (London) 279, 158 (1979) and Eur. J. Biochem., 131, 333 (1983) and with llα,17α- dihydroxy substitution, see J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 21, 69 (1983). US Patent 4,191,759 discloses 20-amino- Δ- *** -3-keto steroids without any substitution at the 11 position where the amine substituent is morpholine or piperazine. 21-Amino steroids are known in the Δ -3-keto series with no sub¬ stitution at C* j _* ] _, see J. Org. Chem., 45, 3084 (1980); J. Org. Chem., 26, 1223 and 5052 (1961); J. Chem. Soc. , Perkin Trans. 1, 502 (1972); Great Britain Patent 954,146; Austrian Patent 249,883; Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 182, 197 (1977) and Khi . -Farm. 2, 26 (1968). In addition 21-amino steroids are known in the Δ *** ' -3-keto series substituted with 11/9-hydroxyl, see Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 182, 197 (1977); Int. Conf. "Chem. Biotechnol. Biol. Act. Nat. Prod. 2, 135-49 (1981); Analyst (London) 98, 519 (1972); U.S. Patents 3,705,150, 4,076,737 and 2,920,999; Nature ' 191,607 (1961); Hun- garian Patent 150,350 and J. Org. Chem., 45, 3084 (1980). For example Hungarian Patent 150,350 discloses dipersolone, 11/3,17α-dihy- droxy-21- ( -methyl- l-piρerazinyl)pregna-l, 4-diene-3 , 20-dione. Further, U.S. Patent 3,705,150 discloses 21-[N-(N' -methyl)piperazin- yl]prednisolone. In the 20-amino and 21-amino steroids above, the amine function was substituted with simple alkyl (methyl, propyl, dimethyl, diethyl, dipropyl) , simple aralkyl (benzyl) , substituents containing hetero atoms (sulfur), esters, acids, amino substituted alkyl, alcohols, ethynyl groups and complex combinations and substituents. These amines include 4-[hydroxyethyl] -1-piperidine, 4- [hydrox ethyl] -1-pip- erazine, 4-methylpiperazine, 4-acetylpiperazine and 4-formyl- piperazine. Some of the free amines of the amino substituent of the amino substituted steroids (XI) of the present invention are known. See, for example, U.S. Patent 4,492,696. The amino substituted steroids (I-VI) of the present invention differ markedly from the amino steroids of the prior art. Japanese published application J8 5043068 discloses azepino- (1,2,3-1H)-/3-carboline derivatives which inhibit lipid peroxidation and are useful in inhibiting the aging of living bodies. US Patent 3,697,509 discloses Δ 17* *- 20 ) -21-quaternary amino steroid salts. The Δ * '- 7 ^ 0 ''-21- mino steroids (V) of the present invention include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, but not quater¬ nary amine salts. A number of 20-amino steroids are known where the 20-amino group is of the general type -NH-(CH2 χ -N(R (R2 where x is 2 or 3 and R- j _ and R2 are methyl or ethyl. See, for example, Arch. Farmacol. Toxicol. 4, 265 (1978), Lipids 2, 5 (1967), J. Med. Chem. 15, 1129 (1972), ibid 15, 1284 (1972), French Patent 90805, Lipids 11, 616 (1976), US Patent 3,558,608, Chem. Abst. 62, 14784a, ibid 64, 14573e, ibid 65, 2334d, ibid 56, 15583a, b, and i, ibid 57, 12574d, ibid 57, 6225d. Many 20-amino and 21-amino steroids are known where the amine function is substituted with simple alkyl (C^-Cβ) , simple aralkyl (benzyl), substituents containing hetero atoms (sulfur), esters, acids, amino substituted alkyl, alcohols, ethynyl groups, etc. Other 20-amino steroids are known where the amino group Is a simple amine Including very simple cyclic and heterocyclic amines, unlike the complex amine substituents of the present invention, see US Patents 3,523,942 and 4,191,759. Also known are 21-amino substituted steroids where the amine is a simple (substituted) cyclic amine such as 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-l-piperazinyl [CA 65;20189g]; 4-(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-l-piperidinyl [83544-11-0]; 4,4-dime hyl-l-pIperazinyl, 3- hydroxyethyl-1- iperidinyl, 4-hydroxy-1-piperIdinyl, 4-carbox -1- piperidinyl, 3-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl, 3-carboxy-l-piperidinyl, piperazinyl, bis(hydroxyethyl)amino, 4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl, 4- carboxaldehyde-1-piperazinyl, 1-piperidinyl, [Int. Conf. Chem. Biotechnol. Biol. Act. Nat. Prod. [Proc] 1st. Vol. 2, p. 135, 1981]; 4-methyl-1-piperazinyl [Great Britin Patent 2,136,293]; 3,6-dihydro- 2,6-dioxo-l(2H) -pyrimidinyl, 5-fluoro-3,6-dihydro-2,6-dioxo-l(2H) - pyrimidinyl, 5-fluoro-3,4-dihydro-2,4-dioxo-l(2H)-pyrimidinyl, 3,4- dihydro-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl, 3,4-dihydro-5-me hyl-2,4-dioxo- 1(2H)-pyrimidinyl [J. Steroid Biochem. 9 ' , 1155 (1978)]; and 4- morpholinyl [J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I, 502 (1972)]. While some of the free amines of the amino steroids of the present invention are known, such as 2-carboxy-1-piperidine [Aldrich, item P4,585-0], 4-(2-pyridinyl)piperazine [French Patent 7253 M] , 4-(2-pyridinylmethyl)piρerazine [European Patent application 49,683], 4-(6-methoxy-2-pyridinyl)piperazine [Canadian Patent 679,894], 4-(2- pyrimidinyl)piperazine [US Patent 4,409,223], 4-(3,6-dimethyl- pyrazinyl)piperazine [Canadian Patent 979,894], 4-(2-methoxy- phenyl)piperazine [Aldrich, item M2,260-1], 4-(4-_αethoxyphenyl)- piperazine [Aldrich Item M2,300-4] , 4- [ (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl] - piperazine [French Patent 7031 M] , 4-(4-fluorophenyl)piperazine [Aldrich, item 19,133-7], 4- [ [4(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]piperaz- ine [US Patent 4,421,753], 4-hydroxy-4- [4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pi¬ perazine [US Patent 3,936,464], (2-diethylaminoethyl)amine [Aldrich, item 12,694-2], [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]amine [Aldrich, item D13,620-4], [2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-l-methylethyl]amine [J. Pharm. Sci. 60, 1232 (1971)], [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [ [4-dimethyl- amino)phenyl]me hyl]amine [Chem. Abst. 65;7001f] and (2-pyridinyl)- methylamine [Aldrich, item A6,520-4], most are novel. Most of the steroidal 21- (hydroxy derivative) halo (bromine or iodine) , mesylate or tosylate starting materials are known, such as 21-bromo-17cι-hydroxypregna-4,9-diene-3,20-dione [US 4,041,055 (Ex 59)], 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,ll,20-trione [J. Chem. Soc. B., 4, 748 (1970)], llα,21-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [US Patent 4,013,688], 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [US Patent 4,500,461], 21-bromopregn-4-ene-3,ll,20-trione [US Patent 3,983,111] , 21-hydroxy-pregna-4,9(ll) ,16-triene-3,20-dione [Tetrahe¬ dron Lett. 25, 2581 (1984)], 21-iodopregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione [95288-91-8], 21-bromopregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [J. Org. Chem., 50, 81 (1985) , ll/3,17c_-dihydroxy-21-iodo-6α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20- dione [J. Phar . Soc, 74, 365 (1985)], 21-bromo-ll^,17 - dihydroxy- pregna-l,4-dlene-3,20-dione [US Patent 3,856,956], 17 -hydroxy-21- iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione [US Patent 3,455,968] , 17α,21-dihydroxy-6 -methylpregna-l,4,9(11)-triene- 3,20-dione [West German DE 3,322,120], 17α-Hydroxy-21-iodopregna- l,4-diene-3,ll,20-trione [J. Med. Chem., 28, 171 (1985)], 21-bromo- pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione [Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 58, 981 (1985)], 17c-,21-dihydroxy-pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione [West German DE 3,322,120] , 17 ,21-dihydroxy-16/3-methyl-5 -pregn-9(ll)-ene-3,20- dione [US Patent 4,336,200] and 21-bromo-3α,17c_-dihydroxy-5 - pregnane-ll,20-dione [95044-38-5], however some are novel. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The amino substituted steroids (XI) encompass the amino steroids (la and lb), aromatic steroids (II), Δ ** - -steroids (Ilia and Illb), reduced A-ring steroids (IV) and Δ- ** ' * - 2 ^--' -steroids (Va and Vb) . Disclosed is an amino substituted steroid of formula (XI) where: (A-I) Rg is α-R 61 : -Rg2, io is α_R 101 :5 - R 102 a d R 7 is α-H:0-H, where one of ^ and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or C-^-G^ alkyl, R]_02 is - CH 3- R 101 and * R 5 taken together are -(CH2)2" C (" R 33) ** CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -O or α-H:/9-OR34 or ct-0R34: -H, where R34 is -H, -P(-O) (0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 H 5 , -C0-CgH 5 , -CO-O-CH3 or -CO-O-C2H5; (A-II) R 5 is c.- 53 : β- 5 ^ , Rg is α-Rg 3 :9-Rg 4 , R 10 is -R 103 : ^" 104 ant -- i R 7 *^* s c-HiS-H, where one of Rg3 and Rg is -H, and the other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bond" ' between C5 and Cg, R-]_04 *^ s -CH3- 103 and ^e other of R53 and R54 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH) -CH 2 - or - (CH 2 ) 2 -C[H] [0P(-0)- (OH) 2 ]-CH 2 -; (A-III) R 10 and R5 taken together are -CH-CH * -C(0R3* ) -CH- where R3 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , C- -C3 alkyl, -CO-H, C2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rg5:^- g where one of Rg5 and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H,- F, or C1-C3 alkyl and R 7 is a-ϊl:β-R; (A-IV) R 5 is -R 57 :β-R 5 _, Rg is α-R 67 :/3-Rgg, R7 is α-H.yS-H and R o *- s α_ 107 : ^" 108' where one °f R 57 and 58 i* 3 "*^> 107 and t * ιe other of R57 and R58 taken together are - CH2)2" C ("* R 33)-CH2, where R33 is as defined above, Rχo8 i- s " c *^3. where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or C-^-C alkyl; (A-V) Rg is Rg 9 :Rgιo. 7 is R 79 :R 710> R 10 is α - R 109 :R 1010> where one of Rgg and Rgχo is -H and the other taken together with one of R 7 g and R710 f orms a second bond between Cg and Cη, and the other of R 7 g and R 7 χo is -H, RχoiO *** s " GH 3> R 109 and R 5 ta ^ en together are - CH2)2- G (- R 33)- C H- °r -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (C-I) R is __-Rχχ : ?-R χ2> where one of R___ and R χ2 ^- s ta ^en together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and O and the other of R___ and χχ2 -** s "*^> (C-II) Rg is -Cl and R is -0 or α-H:j3-R where is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and R is -0 or <*- χi5:/3- χχg . where one of 5 and ι is -H, and the other of Rχχ5 and R χχg is -H, -OH or C -C 2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg Is -H or -F and R is α-0-C0-Rχχ 7 :/3-H, where Rχ 17 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) C -C 12 alkoxy, (C) fur nyl, (D) -NRχ22 R 123> where one of R 22 an R 123 -** s "*^» et hyl or ethyl and the other is -H, C -C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) - 3-X , where X3 Is -0- or a valence bond, where X is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, C -C3 alkoxy, -C00H, -NH2, C -C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperid- Inyl, 1-hexameth lenimino- , 1-heptameth 1enimino- , C2-C acylamino and -NH-CHO or with 1 -F or -CF3; where: (D-I) R g is R ι ι' R i 2 and R 17 is R 171 :R 172' where one of Rχgι and g2 is -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of χ7 and 2 orms a second bond between 0χg and Cχ 7 , and the other of R 171 and R 172 is -C(-Z)-(CH2 n -NR2χR2χo. where Z is -0, -CH 2 or R 17 g:-H where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 0 through 6, where (A) R 2 χ is (1) - CH2 m - 2χ - 2, where m is 2, 3 or 4, where R 2 χχ Is -H or C -C3 alkyl, where X2 is: [A] (a) pyridIn-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R2X2 > being the same or different, where 212 I s (i) -F, (ii) -Cl, (iϋ) -Br, (iv) C -C 5 alkyl, (v) -CH2-CH-CH2, (vi) -Xχ f where Xx is as defined above, (vii) -N R 213 213 where the R2 3's are the same or different and are -H, C -C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viii ) *CH2-(CH 2 ) q -CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 5, (viii ) *CH2-CH2-(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH 2 -CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -S0-,- SO2- or -NH 2 4, where 214 is -H, C -C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4, 5 or 6, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiii) 1-hexamethyleneimino containing a 3- or 4- double bond or 3- and 5- double bonds, [f] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-l-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xv) -OH, (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xvii) -NR2χ 7 -(CH 2 ) e -Q where Q is 2-pyridi- nyl where R χ 7 is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and e is 0 through 3, ' (1) (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 212 i as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R212 **- s as defined above, (5) (d) ρyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 212 as I defined above, (6) (e) pyrazin-2-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R2X2 as i defined above, (7) (f) imidazol-2-yl optionally substltututed in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or -Xχ ( where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R212 as defined above, (8) (g) l,3,4-triazol-2-yl optionally substituted in the 1 position with Gχ-C3 alkyl or -Xχ F where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with R χ2 as defined above, (9) (h) imidazol-4- or 5-yl' optionally substituted in the 1 position with Gχ-C3 alkyl or -Xχ t where x is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R212 as defined above, (10) (i) benzo[b]thien-2-yl, (12a) (j) indol-2-yl, (12b) (k) benzo[b]thiazol-2-yl, (12c) (1) benzimidazol-2-yl, (12d) (m) 4-[2-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]ethyl]piperazinyl, (13) (n) l,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R212 as **- s defined above, (14) (2) (1-piperazinyl)-(C2-C4)alkyl optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or -X2 as defined above, [B] (3) -X2 1 as defined above, [0] (4) -(CH2) m -X where is as defined above and where (a) -0-CH 2 CH2-Y, where Y is Cχ-C 3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino where the alkyl groups are the same or different, C3-C alkyleneimino, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C3 alkyl, (b) -NR 2 20 CH 2 CH 2" Y ' where R 2 20 is - H or c l- c 3 alkyl and Y is as defined above, (c) -(CH2 g -N R22θ - χ 2* where g is 2, 3 or 4, and where R22O an ^2 are as e fl ned above, [H] (5) -(CH2) m -NR222 R 223' where R222 is " H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R 223 is * -Xχ or -X2 as defined above, or 222 an R 223 are a ^ en together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a saturated mono-nitrogen C3~C heterocyclic ring and where m is as defined above, [I] (6) -(CHCH 3 ) * b -(CH 2 )f-R224. where b is 0 and f is 1 through 3 or b is one and f is 0 through 3, where 224 ^ s phenyl substituted with 1 through 3 -OH, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, - R225 R 226 where 225 and R226 are tιe same or different and are -H, C -C3 alkyl or are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a 04.0*7 -cyclicamino ring, [J] (7) -(CH2)χ-X2 > where i is 1 through 4 and X2 is as defined above, [K] (8) (1-piperazinyl)acetyl substituted in the 4- position by X2 where X2 is as defined above, [L] (9) (l-piperazinyl)carbonylmethyl substituted in the 4- position by - 2 where X2 is as defined above, and [M] (B) R 210 is (1) -H, (2) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (3) C5-C-7 cycloalkyl, (4) -( ' CH2) m -NR2χχ-X2, where m, 2H and X are as defined above, [A] (5) (l-piperazin l)-(C2-C )alkyl optionally sub- stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or -X2 as defined above, [B] (6) -(CH2) m -X4, where m and X4 are as defined above, [H] (7) -(CH2) m -NR222 R 223> where , 222 and R 223 are as defined above, [I] (8) - CHCH3)- b -(CH 2 )f-R224> where b, f and R 2 24 are as defined above, [J] (C) R2χ and 2X0 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of • (1) 2-(carboxy)-1-pyrrolidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-l] (2) 2-(carboxy)-1-piperidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-2] (3) 2-(carboxy)-1-hexamethyleneimino optionally as the C -C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-3] (4) 2- (carboxy)-1-heptamethyleneimino optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-4] (5) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with R228" GG "CCH2) - where 228 ^ s " ~~ ± ' - R229X1 and 2-furanyl, where 229 is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl, where j is 0 through 3 and x Is as defined above, [D] (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(CH2)i-, where 2 and j are as defined above, [E] (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted In the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2>-j-, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-1-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- positio.n with Xx as defined above, [G] (9) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2- R.229-C0-(CH2)χ- , where X2, R 229 and *-- are as defined above; [N] (D-II) R is c_- R χ 3" / 9-Rχg4 where one of χ 3 and χ is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH 3 or -OH, and Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH2 p -NR 2 R2 o. where p is 1 or 2, where R2χ and R210 are as defined above; (D-III) Rx is and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ-75 : /3- χ7g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχ 6 g is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχ 5 and Rx is -H, where χ75 is- H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH2) n -NR2χR2χo> where Z, n, 2χ and 2X0 are as defined above; (D-IV) the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where χ 5 is -OH, xgg is -H, Rχ 75 is -OH and Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR2χ 2χo. where Z, n, - R2 and R210 are as defined above; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof; with the following overall provisos that: (I) one of x x or Rχg2 is taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ or χ 7 2 to form a second bond between 0χg and Cχ 7 , only when Rχo is o_-R 10 χ: -R 10 2, α-R 103 : -Rχ 0 4, α- R χo7 -/3- χθ8 or °-- R 109 : ^" R 1010> I I -10- (II) Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH 2 p-NR2χR2X0 I onl y when Rχ 0 is o:-Rχoχ: /3-Rχ02 > α-Rχ 03 : -Rχ 0 4, α-Rχ 07 : -Rχ 08 or α-Rχ 0 : - χoχθ > (III) R 5 and Rχ 0 taken together are * -CH-CH * -C(0R 3 )-CH-, only when Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 5: ?-Rχ 7 g or the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where R 16 is α-0H:0-H and Rχ 7 is α-0H:/3-C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -N 2 χR2χo, and (IV) R5 is -R^ j '.β-R^ Q , only when Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 5: 3-Rχ 7 g or c_-OH:^-C- -Z)- CH2 n - 2χR2X0> or he 16,17-acetonide thereof. Preferred compounds of formula (XI) are the amino substituted steroids where: (A-I) Rg Is α-Rgχ:/3-Rg 2 , Rχo i α-Rχ 0 χ:y9-Rχ 0 2 and R 7 is α-H:/3-H, where one of Rgx and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχo2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and R5 taken together are -(CH2)2 * -C(-" R 33 * * CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or -H '. β-OR^ or α-0R 3 4:3-H, where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 H 5 , -C0-CgH 5 , -CO-O-CH3 or -CO-0-C 2 H 5 ; (A-II) R 5 is -R 53 :^-R 54 , Rg is ct-R 63 : -Rg 4 , Rχ 0 is α--Rχ 03 :j3- χ0 and R Is α-H: 3-H, where one of R 3 and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bond between C5 and Cg, Rχo4 -CH3, χo3 and the other of R53 and R54 taken • together are -(CH 2 )2-C(H)(0H)-CH 2 - or -(CH 2 )2-G[H] [0P(-0) (0H) 2 ] -CH 2 - ; (A-III) Rχo and R5 taken together are * -CH-CH-C(0R3 * ) -CH- where R3 is -H, -P(-0)(0H)2, Cχ-G 3 alkyl, -C0-H, C2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl,* Rg is c_-R c j :/3-Rgg where one of R 5 and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C 3 alkyl and R 7 is α-H:/_-H; (A-IV) R5 is a-R^- j '.β-R^ - , Rg is α-Rg 7 :/9-Rgg, R 7 is ct-H:^-H and Rχø is α-Rχ Q7 :^-Rχ Q g, where one of R_ and R5g is -H, Rχo 7 and the other of R5 and Rgg taken together are -(CH2)2- C (~ R 33 -CH 2 , where R33 is as defined above, Rχø8 is -CH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C 3 alkyl; (A-V) Rg is R 69 :Rgχ 0 , R 7 is R 7 g:R χo- X0 is α " R 109 :R 1010> where one of Rgg and Rgχo i -H and the other taken together with one of~ R 7 g and R 7 χ Q forms a second bond between Cg and C 7 , and the other of R 7 g and R 7 χQ is -H, Rχoχo i s "GH3, R χo9 an d R5 taken together are - CH 2 )2-C(-R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (C-I) Rxx is --R___ '- β-R__2 > where one of Rιχχ and χχ2 is taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and 0χχ and the other of Rxxx and Rχχ 2 Is -H; (C-II) Rg is -Cl and Rxx is -0 or c--H: -Rχχ4 where Rχχ 4 is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0 or α-Rχχ5:5-Rχχg. where one of Rχχ5 and Rxxg is -H, and the other of Rχχ5 and Rxx is -H, -OH or Cχ-Cχ 2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg is -H or -F and R x is α-0-CO-Rχχ 7 :3-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) Cχ-Cχ2 alkoxy, (C) furanyl, (D) -NRχ22 R X23» wnere one of R l22 an R 123 s "*^» πiethyl or ethyl and the other is -H, C -C alkyl or phenyl, (E) -X3-XX, where X is -0- or a valence bond, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -NH , Cχ-C3 alkylamlno, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the. same or different, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperidinyl, C2-C4 acylamino and -NH-CH0; where: (D-III) Rxg is c.-Rχ 5:/_l-Rχg and Rχ is α-Rχ 7 5: J-Rχ g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg g is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of χg5 and xgg is -H, where Rχ 7 5 is -H, -OH, -CH 3 , -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-C0-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(—Z)-(CH2) n -NR2 R2i Q , where Z is -0, -CH2 or Rχ 7 g:-H, where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) R 2 χ and 2X0 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(CH2 -j-, where j is 0 and where X 2 is: (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R212 > being the same or different, where R 2X2 i (iv) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) -X , where Xx is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3R213 where the 2X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C 3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viiiα) *CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viiiø) *CH2-CH2-(CH2) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH 2 -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -S0-,- S0 2 - or -NHR χ4, where χ4 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4 or 5, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or .different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or - the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 2 2 is as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R212 s s defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 212 as is defined above, (6) [E] (n) l,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R212 as s defined above, (14) (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH 2 )4-, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4-- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. More preferred compounds of formula (XI) are the amino sub¬ stituted steroids where: (A-I) Rg is α-Rgχ:/3-R 62 , Rχo is -/S- R 102 and 7 is o-H:/3-H, where one of R x and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχ Q 2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and R5 taken together are -(CH 2 -C( * -R 3)- CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0; where: (C-I) Rxx is where one of xxx and Rχχ 2 i taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and 0χχ and the other of R χχχ and Rχχ 2 s -H; (C-III) Rg is -H and Rxx is ct- χχ5:3- χχ » where both Rχχ5 and where: (D-III) Rχ 6 is c_-Rχg 5 :3-Rχg 6 and ; -Rχ 7 is o.-Rχ 75 : -Rχ 7 , where R 165 is " H * ~ 0H ' " F or " CH 3 and R 166 is " H « " 0H ' " F ' or _CH 3» with the proviso that at least one of Rχ 5 and Rxg is -H, where Rχ75 is -H, -OH, -CH 3 , -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ g is -C(-Z -(CH 2 ) rι -NR2χR2χθι where Z is -0, rCH2 or Rχ g:-H, where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) R 2 χ and 2X0 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(CH2)i-, where j is 0 and where 2 is: (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R 2 12 > being the same or different, where R2X2 i (iv) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) - x, where X is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3R2X3 where the R 2 X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH 2 , (viiiα) *CH2-(CH 2 ) q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viii/3) *CH 2 -CH2-(CH 2 ) c -G- CH2)d- G H2-CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0-, -S-, -SO-, -S0 2 - or -NHR 2 χ4, where 2 1 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 ' ' ' ' : -14- with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4 or 5, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b]" (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-1-yl, [e] (xlv) 1,4-dihydro-1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 2X2 i as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R2 2 s as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 2X2 as is defined above, (6) [E] (n) l,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R2X2 as is defined above, (14) (7) * 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH 2 ).--, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and/solvates thereof. Also disclosed is the amino steroid of formula (la and lb) where: Rg is o.-Rgχ: 3-R 2 and Rχo is c«- R χoχ : 3 " R 102' where one of R x and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F or Gχ-C3 alkyl, χo2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and R 5 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(-R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where 33^ is =0 or -.-H: -0R 3 or α-0R 3 4:^-H, where R34 is -H, -P(=0) (0H) 2 , -C0- CH3, -CO-C 2 H 5 , -C0-CgH 5 , -CO-O-CH3 or -CO-0-C 2 H 5 or R 5 is a-R 53 :β-.. R54, Rg is α-R 3*. -Rg4 and Rχo is α-RχQ3:β-Rχθ4 where one of R 3 and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bond between C5 and C , Rχo is -CH3, Rχθ3 and the other of R53 and R54 taken together are -CH 2 ) -C(H) (OH) -CH 2 - or -(CH 2 )2- C[H] [0P(-0)(OH) 2 ]-CH 2 -, ' R 7 is -H:/3-H and Rχ 6 is α-Rχg 5 :/9-Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 75 :^-Rχ 7 g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH 3 and Rxgg is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχ 5 and Rχ 6 g must be -H, where Rχ 75 is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoy- loxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)- (CH2) n -NR2χR 2 χo; where .... is a single or double bond and _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. Disclosed are the amino steroids of EXAMPLES 1, 4-8, 10-43, 45- 57, 59-70, 72-91, 94-98, 103-108, 111 112, 114-124, 126-128, 132, 133, and 135-141. It is preferred that the amino substituted steroid (XI) be 16 - methyl-21- [4- [ 2 , 6-bis (pyrrolidino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] - pregna-l,4,9(U)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3, δ-bis(diethylamino) -2- pyridinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] -16αme thyl -pregna- 1,4, 9 (11) -triene-- 3 , 20-dione and 16α-methyl-21- [4- [4 , 6-bis(2-pyridinyl) -1, 3 , 5-triazin- 2-yl] -1-piperzinyl] -pregna-1,4, 9(11) -triene-3,20-dione. The preferred amino substituted steroid (XI) is 16α-methyl-2- 1- [4. [2, 6-bis (pyrrolidino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] - 1 -piperazinyl ]pr egna- 1,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione. More preferred is 16α-methyl-21- [4-- [2 , 6-bis- (pyrrolidino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1 -piper azinyl]pregna- - l,4,9(ll)-triene3 ,20-dione mono ethanesulf onate , 16 -methyl -21- [4- [2- , 6-bis- (pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pre na- - 1,4, 9(11) -triene3 , 20-dione bisme thane sulf onate and 16α-__ethyl-21- [4-- [ 2 , 6 -bis - (pyrrolidino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna- - 1,4,9(11) -triene3, 20- dione hydrochloride . Most preferred is 16a * -met¬ hyl -21- [4- [2, 6-bis (pyrrolidino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] - pregna- 1 , 4 , 9 (11) - triene-3 , 20 -dione monomethanesulf onate . Further disclosed is an aromatic amino steroid of formula (II) where: Rχo and R5 taken together are -CH- where R3 is '-H, -P(-O) (0H) 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkyl, -CO-H, C2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rg5: 3-Rg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F or C -C3 alkyl, R Is α-H:/3-H and Rx Is α=-Rχg5 '-β- ~~ - S6 and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 75 :/9-Rχ 7 g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rx g is -H, -OH, -F, -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχg5 and Rxg must be -H, where Rχ 75 is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO- Xχ f and where Rχ 7 g is -C(~Z) - (CH 2 ) n -NR 21 R 210 . Additionally disclosed is a Δ ***6 amino steroid of formula (Ilia and Illb) where: Rg is -Rgχ: 3-Rg 2 and Rχo is α-RχQχ:/3-Rχo , where one ' of Rgx or Rg 2 is -H, and the ' other is -H, -OH, -F, Cχ-C 3 alkyl or phenyl, Rχo2 i -CH3, Rχoχ an d R5 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C -R33)- 5 CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or c--H:9-OR 3 or -0R 3itf : β- , where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -CO-C 2 H 5 , -G0-CgH 5 , -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-G 2 H 5 or Rg is --R53: -R 5 4, Rg is and Rχ 0 is a- 103'^" 104 where one of Rg3 and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bond between C5 and 10 Cg, Rχ Q 4 i -GH3, Rχo3 and the other of R53 and R54 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -G(H) (OH) -CH 2 - or -(CH 2 ) 2 -C[H] [0P(-0) (0H) 2 ] -CH 2 - , R 7 is a- H:/3-H and Rxg is R χgχ: R χg 2 and Rχ 7 is Rχ 7 χ: R X72 > where one of xgx and Rχg 2 is -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ7χ and R 7 2 forms a second bond between Oχg and Cχ 7 , and the other of 15 R 171 an d R X7 2 is -C(-Z)-(CH ) n -NR χR 2 χo; where .... is a single or .double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orienta¬ tions for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or. trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 20 Also disclosed is a reduced ring amino steroid of formula (IV) where: R 5 is - 57 :/3-R 58 , Rg is α-Rg 7 :β-Rgg and Rχ 0 is __-Rχ 07 :3-Rχ 08 , where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H, Rχo 7 and the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are -(CH 2 ) -C(R 3 3)-CH 2 , where R33 is -0 or __-H: / S-0R34 or -0R 34 :^-H, where R34 is -H, -P(-0) (0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -CO-C 2 H 5 , 25 -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg, Rχ 0 g is -CH 3 , where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl, R is α-H: ?-H and Rx is α:-Rχgg: . 3-Rχgg ≤nd Rχ 7 is c_- R χ 7 g : β-R_η _ , where Rχ 65 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and xg is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rxg and xg must be -H, where Rχ 7 g is -H, -OH, -CH3, 30 -CH 2 CH3, C2"G 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-C0-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(=* * * * Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 2 χ Q ; where is a single or double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 35 Further disclosed is a _?-' amino steroid of formula (Va and Vb) where: Rg is α * -Rgχ: ?-Rg 2 and R o is c_- χ Q χ:/9-R o2* where one of Rg^ and R 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F or C -C3 alkyl, Rχg 2 is -CH3, Rχθχ and Rg taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R 3 3)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H:/9-OR34 or -OR^ '. β-E , where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg or Rg is c--R 3:/_-Rg , Rg is -R 3:/9-Rg4 and Rχ 0 is α-Rχ 0 3:/9-Rχo4 where one of R 3 and R 4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of R 3 and Rg forms a second bond between Cg and C , R o4 i -CH3, o3 and the other of R53 and R54 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (0H)-CH - or -(CH 2 )2-C[H][OP( * -0)(OH) 2 ]-CH 2 -, R 7 is α-H: -H and Rχ g is a-R lδ3 :β- Rχg4 where one of Rχg3 and Rχg4 is -H and the other is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, and Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH ) p -NR 2 χR 2 χ , where p is 1 or 2, where where .... is a single or double bond and where _. indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) a or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. Disclosed are Δ" * *- **** - * )-steroids of formula (VI) where: (A-I) Eg is o:-Egχ: 3-Eg 2 and Eχo Is α-Eχoχ: .-Eχø 2 , where one of Egx and Eg 2 is -H, and the. other is -H, -F, -Cl, -Br or C -C3 alkyl, Eχøχ and Eg taken together are -(CH 2 ) -C(-E33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where E33 is -0 or '. β-U, where E34 is -H, -CO-CH3, -CO-C 2 Hg, -CO- CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg, . where Eχ 0 2 is -CH3; (A-II) Eg is ct-Eg3:jS-E 4, Eg is and Eχ 0 is -Eχ 0 3: 3-Eχø4, where, one of Eg3 and Eg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Eg3 * and Eg forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Eχ 4 is -CH3, E Q 3 and the other of E 3 and E taken together are. -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH) -CH 2 - ; (A-IV) Eg is α-Eg 7 :^-Egg I Eg is α-Eg 7 :3-Egg and Eχ 0 is α-Eχ 07 : 3-Eχog, where one of Eg 7 and Egg is -H, Eχ Q7 and the other of Eg 7 and Egg taken together are -(CH2)2" G (*~E33 -CH , where E33 is as defined above, Eχøg Is -CH3, where one of Eg 7 and Egg is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl; where: (D-I) Ex is c_-Eχgχ; / 9-Eχg 2 , where one of ~ .__ _ and Eχg 2 is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH3 or -OH; (D-II) Eχ 7 is -H, -CH3, -CH 2 H 5 , -OH or -0-C0-Eχ 7 χ, where Eχ 7 χ is Cχ-Cg alkyl or Xx, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C 3 alkoxy, -C00H, -NH 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or dif¬ ferent, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperidinyl, 1-hexameth lenimino- , 1- heptamethyleni ino- , C 2 -C acylamino and -NH-CHO or with 1 -F or i -CF 3 ; (D-III) Z is -0, -CH 2 , E 20 :-H where E 20 is -H or -CH 3 ; (D-IV) J is 1-(4-methyl)-piperazinyl, [J- • i] l-(4-acetyl)-piperazinyl, [J- • 2 ] 1-(4-hydroxy)-piperidinyl [J * • 3] 1-piperidinyl optionally substituted with 2-hydroxyethyl, [J-4] 4-morpholinyl [J * ■ 5 ] and the 16,17-acetonlde thereof when - ~ _ f ~ _ and Eχ 7 are both -OH; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. Also disclosed are the amines of PREPARATIONS A-l, A-3, A-9 thru A-11, A-13, A-15 thru A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-34, A-40, A-42, and A-44 thru A-50. The preferred amines are A-22, A-23, A-26, A-45 thru A-47 and A-49 . Most preferred is A-22, A-47 and A-49. Further disclosed are the steroids of PREPARATIONS S-10, S-16, S-22 thru S-24, S-28, S-29, S-31 thru S-35, S-41 and S-42. More preferred is the steroids S-22 and S-24. Disclosed is a process to produce an amino substituted steroid of formula (XI) where: (A-I) Rg is α-Rgχ:/3-Rg 2 , Rχ 0 is and R 7 is <*-H:/3-H, where one of Rgx and Rg 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχo 2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and Rg taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R33)- CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 ' is -0 or α-H:3-OR 3 or -OR^ '.β-ΕL, where R34 is -H, -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 H 5 , -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0- C 2 Hg; (A-II) Rg is α-R 53 :^-R 5 4, Rg is α-Rg 3 : ] S-Rg4, R 0 is a-R 10 _ :β- Rχ04 and R 7 is - :β- , where one of Rg3 and Rg is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg3 and R forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Rχo4 i -GH3, o3 an the other of Rg3 and R 4 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H)(OH)-CH 2 - ; (A-III) Rχo and Rg taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R3) -CH= where R3 is -H, Cχ-C 3 alkyl, -C0-H, C 2 -C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rg 5 :/3- " Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R 7 is -H:/3-H; (A-IV) Rg is α.-Rg 7 :/9-Rgg, Rg is c_-Rg 7 :/3-Rgg, R 7 is α-H:/3-H and Rχθ is α- χ Q7 :^9-Rχ Q g, where one of R 7 and Rgg is -H, Rχ Q 7 and the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(-R33 -CH2, where R33 Is as defined above, χo8 is -CH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl; (A-V) Rg is Rgg:Rgχo, R is R 79 :R 710 , Rχo is <*-Rχo9 :R 1010. where one of Rgg and Rgχ-3 is -H and the other taken together with one of R 7 g and R 7 χo forms a second bond between Cg and C 7 , and the other of R 7 g and R 7 χo is -H, Rχoχo is -CH3, Rχog and Rg taken together are - CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (G-I) Rxx is Q: -Rχiχ:3-Rχi2 > where one of Rxxx and Rχχ 2 is taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and Oχχ and the other of Rxxx and Rχχ 2 is -H; (C-II) Rg is -Cl and R is -0 or α-H:/3-Rχχ4 where R is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0 or <*- ii5:/3- χχg, where one of x ' and x g is -H, and the other of R.χχg and R x is -H, -OH or Cχ-Cχ 2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is α-0-C0-Rχχ 7 :^-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) Cχ-Cχ alkoxy, (C) furan l, (D) -NRχ 2 Rχ 2 3, where one of Rχ 22 and χ23 i -H, methyl or ethyl and the other Is -H; C -C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) - 3-XX, where X3 is -0- or a valence bond, where X is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -C00H, -NH 2 , Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperid- Inyl, 1-hexamethylenimino- , 1-hep amethy1enimino- , C 2 -C4 acylamino and -NH-CH0 or with 1 -F or -CF 3 ; where: (D-I) Rxg is Rχgχ:Rχg and Rχ is Rχ χ"-Rχ 7 2» where one of x x and Rχg 2 Is -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 72 forms a second bond between 0χg and Cχ 7 , and the other of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 72 is -C(-Z)-(CH ) n -NR χR 2 χo, where Z is -0, -CH 2 or Rχ 7 g:-H where Rχ 7 9 is -H or -CH3, where n is 1 through 6, where (A) R 21 is (1) -(CH 2 ) m -NR 2 χχ-X2> where m is 2, 3 or 4, where R 2 χχ is -H or Cχ-C 3 alkyl, where X2 is: [A] (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 212' being the same or different, where 212 is (i) -F, (ii) -Cl, (iii) -Br, (iv) Cχ-C 5 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) -Xχ ( where X is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3 213 where the R2X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viii ) *CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 5, (viii/9) *CH2-CH2- CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 )cL- c H2-CH2-N*- - where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -SO-, -SO2- or -NHR2X4, where R21 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where ' c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4, 5 or 6, . [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2, 3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiii) 1-hexamethyleneimino containing a 3- or 4- double bond or 3- and 5- double bonds, [f] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xv) -OH, (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xvii) -NR 2 χ 7 -(CH 2 ) e -Q where Q is 2-pyridi-- nyl where 2χ is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and e is 0 through 3, (xviii) ρyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (1) (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 2X2 s as I defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R 2 χ 2 is as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 2 χ2 as is defined above, (6) (e) pyrazin-2-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R212 as s defined above, (7) (f) imidazol-2-yl optionally substitututed in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or ~Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or,- ' 2 R212 as defined above, (8) (g) l,3,4-triazol-2-yl optionally substituted In the 1 position with C -C alkyl or -X , where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with R2 2 as defined above, (9) (h) imidazol-4- or 5-yl, optionally substituted in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or ~Xχ, where x is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R212 as defined above, (10) (i) benzo[b]thien-2-yl, (12a) (j) indol-2-yl, (12b) (k) benzo[b]thiazol-2-yl, (12c) (1) benzimidazol-2-yl, (12d) (m) 4- [2- [4- [2,δ-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]ethyl]piperazinyl, (13) (n) l,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R2X2 as is defined above, (14) (2) (1-piperazinyl) - C2-C4)alkyl optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with ~ χ or -X2 as defined above, [B] (3) -X 2 , as defined above, [0] (4) -(CH2) m -X4 where is as defined above and where X4 is (a) -0-CH 2 CH 2 -Y, where Y is Cχ-C 3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino where the alkyl groups are the same or different, G3~C alkyleneimino, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 C-^-C^ alkyl, (b) -NR 2 20 CH 2 GH 2" Y * where R 22 0 is -H or Cχ-C 3 alkyl and Y is as defined above, • (c) -(CH 2 )g-N(R 220 )-X 2 , where g is 2, 3 or 4, and where R 22 o an d X 2 are as defined above, [H] (5) -(CH 2 ) m -NR 2 2 R 22 3, where R 22 is -H or C^-C3 alkyl and R 2 23 i s "-^1 or - ~~ 2 as defined above, or R 2 22 and 223 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a saturated mono-nitrogen C ~C heterocyclic ring and where m is as defined above, [I] (6) -(CHCH 3 ) b -(CH2)f-R224. where b is 0 and f Is 1 through 3 or b is one and f is 0 through 3, where R22 phenyl substituted with 1 through 3 -OH, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -NR225R226 where R225 and R226 are ^^ same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a 0 .0-7 cyclicamino ring, [J] (7) -(CH2)χ-X2 ι where i is 1 through 4 and X2 is as defined above, [K] (8) (1-piperazinyl)acetyl substituted in the 4- pbsition by X2 where X2 is as defined above, [L] (9) (l-piperazinyl)carbonylmethyl substituted in the 4- position by -X2 where 2 is as defined above, and [M] (B) R 210 is (1) -H, (2). Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (3) Cg-C 7 cycloalkyl, (4) -(CH2) m -NR2χχ-X2ι where m, 2H and X2 are as defined above, [A] (5) (1-piperazinyl)-(C 2 -C4)alkyl optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with -X_ or -X 2 as defined above, [B] (6) - CH 2 ) m -X4, where m and 4 are as defined above, [H] (7) -(CH ) m -NR 2 2 R 22 3, where m, R 222 and 22 3 are as defined above, [I] (8) -(CHCH 3 ) b -(CH 2 ) f -R 22 4, where b, f and R 22 4 are as defined above, [J] (C) R2χ and R2X0 are taken together with the attached- nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (1) 2-(carboxy)-1-pyrrolidinyl optionally as the C -C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-l] (2) 2-(carboxy)-1-piperidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-2] i (3) 2-(carboxy)-1-hexamethyleneimino optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-3] (4) 2-(carboxy)-1-heptamethyleneimino optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-4] (5) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with R 22 8-CO-(CH2 -j - where R228 is " x l» -NR229 X 1 and 2-furanyl, where R 22 9 is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl, where j Is 0 through 3 and Xx is as defined above, [D] (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X 2 -(CH 2 )-j-, where X 2 and j are as defined above, [E] (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2). , where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] (9) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-NR229-CO-(CH 2 ) - , where X2, R229 an i are as defined above; [N] (D-II) Rx is α-Rχg3: 3-Rχ 4 where one of Rχg3 and Rχg4 is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH3 or -OH, and Rχ 7 is -CH- CH 2 p - R2χR2χo > where p is 1 or 2, where 2X and 2X0 are as defined above; (D-III) Rχ 6 Is α-Rχg 5 : -Rχgg and Rχ 7 is cs-Rχ 7 g:/3-Rχ 7 g, where * Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, ' with the proviso that at least one of R 5 and R is -H, where Rχ 7 g Is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C2"C alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)- CH2) n -NR2 R2χo> where Z, n, R 2 χ and R 2 χo a -t~ e as defined above; (D-IV) the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where Rxgg is -OH, Rxgg is -H, R 175 is -OH and Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 2 χo. where Z, n, 21 an 210 are as d efi ed above; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof; with the following overall provisos that: (I) one of xgx .or Rχg 2 is taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ or Rχ 72 to form a second bond between Oχg and Cχ 7 , only when Rχo is α - R 101* - R 102> α - R 103 : ^- R 104> a - R 101 ' β- R 108 or α - R 109 : - R 1010> (II) R 17 is -CH- CH 2 )p-N 2 R2iθ. only when R o is α-Rχoi : /3-Rχ 0 , α-Rχo3:3-Rχo4, c.-Rχ 0 :/3-Rχo8 or α-Rχ 0 g:/9-Rχ 0 χ 0 , (III) Rg and Rχ 0 taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R 3 ) -CH-, only when Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 g: / 3-R- j _ 7 g or the 16 ,17-acetonide of a compound where R 16 is -0H: -H and Rχ 7 is α-0H:j8-C(-Z)-(GH 2 )-.-NR 2 χR 210 , and (IV) Rg is -Rg 7 :^-Rgg, only when Rχ 7 is ot-Rχ 7 g:/9-Rχ 7 g or ~ __-OH:^-C-(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 2 χo, or the 16,17-acetonide thereof which comprises contacting a compound of formula (XII) where Xχ 7 is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -X 5 or -CH-(CH 2 ) p -Xg, where Xg is -Cl, -Br, -I, -S0 2 -CH 3 or -S0 2 -C H4-CH3 and where Z, n, p, Rχø, i Rg, R 7 , Rg, Rχχ ( a d R are as defined above, with an amine of the formula H R2χR2χo > where 21 and R 210 are as -defined above, in an aprotic solvent. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The invention is amino substituted steroids (XI) , namely the amino steroids (la and lb), aromatic steroids (II), Δ 16 -steroids (Ilia and Illb), reduced A/B-ring steroids (IV) and Δ 17 ^ 20 ) -steroids (Va and Vb) as well as the _? ( - ) -steroids (VI). Also included are the novel amine and steroidal reactants used to prepare the amino substituted steroids (XI) , see PREPARATIONS "A" (amines) and "S" (steroids) respectively. With the aromatic steroids (II) the A-ring functionality at C3 is a hydroxy group or substituted hydroxy group (ether or ester). However, with the amino steroids (la and lb), Δ ** - -steroids (Ilia and Illb), reduced A/B-ring steroids (IV), Δ 17 ^ 20 )-steroids (Va and Vb) and Δ 9 "*- ** - 1 -- 1 -steroids (VI) the A-ring functionality at C3 is either hydroxyl or ketone. When the A-ring functionality at C3 is hydroxy, the hydroxyl group can be in either the a or β configuration. When the A-ring functionality at C3 is hydroxy, there will be either a reduced A/B-ring, Δ^" or A double bond present but no double bond at 0χ for the steroids of formulas (la, lb, Ilia, Illb, Va, Vb and VI) . When the A-ring functionality at C3 is a ketone, then there will be a reduced A/B-ring or a Δ^ double bond present and no Δ * ^ double bond or there will be a Δ ** - * ^-diene A-ring functionality. The reduced A/B-ring steroids of formula (IV) have no double bond in either rings A or B and have at C3 either a hydroxyl group or a ketone. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and Δ' 1 *- ** - ** -' -steroids (VI) of the present invention are prepared by methods known to those skilled In the art from steroidal and amine reactants which are either known_ to those skilled in the art or which are readily prepared from compounds known to those skilled in the art by methods known to those skilled in the art. When n is 0, the amino substituted steroids (XI) are amides and are produced in a preferred process by starting with the acid (-C00H at Cχ 7 ) and reacting it first-with a condensing reagent such as carbonyldiimidazole or DCC in the presence of HOBT, followed by reaction with the free amine corresponding to the desired amine substituent as is known to those skilled in the art, see for example US Patent 4,438,130; see alson EXAMPLES 56, 57 AND 103. The amine starting materials are either known to those skilled in the art or are readily prepared from compounds known to those skilled in the art by methods known to those skilled in the art. Suitable solvents include, acetonitrile, DMF, dioxane, THF, methylene chloride, and mixtures thereof. / ' When n is 1 through 6, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the t? * • ■* - • --)-steroids (VI) are produced in a preferred process by reacting a steroid corresponding to the desired amino steroid (la and lb), aromatic steroid (II), Δ *1 - -steroid (Ilia and Illb), reduced A/B-ring- steroid (IV), Δ 17( « 20 )-steroid (Va and Vb) and the .Δ 9 ^ 11 )- steroid (VI) but having a substituent at the terminal carbon atom, at G 21 n ~~ **-) through C 2 g (n - 6), such as a halogen atom (chlorine, bromine or iodine), a mesyl or tosyl group, with the desired amine In an aprotic solvent (DMF, THF, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, DMA, ether) containing a base (carbonate, bicarbonate, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine) as is known to those skilled in the art for the formation of amines. When n is 1, the C 2 χ-halo, mesyl or tosyl substituted steroids are known to those skilled in the art or are readily prepared from compounds known to those skilled in the art by methods known to those skilled in the art. It is preferred that the halo substituent be a bromine atom but an iodine or chlorine atom is suitable. hen n Is 2 through 6, the halo, mesyl or tosyl sub¬ stituted steroid is prepared by reacting the corresponding llβ- carboxylate ester, of the desired steroid, with an organometallic reagent of the formula Li(CH 2 ) n -0R to form an intermediate with the desired Cχ 7 carbon side-chain length, followed by displacement of "OR" with the desired leaving group, see PREPARATION S-42. The derivatives of the 3 (cx/β) -hydroxy steroids are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art. When the 3-hydroxy steroid starting materials contain other free hydroxy or amino functionality these groups must be protected as is known to those skilled in the art. The free hydroxy groups are protected, for example, as the THP derivatives and the free amino groups are protected, for example, as the t-butyloxycarbonyl derivatives. The 3-0-acyl derivatives (steroid-0-COR) are prepared by first dissolving the the 3-hydroxy compound In a solvent such as pyridine or methylene chloride and with a base such as triethylamine present. The mixture is cooled in an ice bath and treated with the acylating agent such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, propionyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, etc. The reaction mixture is then partitioned between an organic solvent such as methylene chloride and aqueous bicarbonate. The organic phase is separated, dried, concentrated and purified, for example by chromato raphy. Likewise, 3-carbonates are produced by reacting the 3-hydroxy steroid with a reagent such as R0-C0-C1. The 3-phosphate esters of the 3α- and 33-hydroxy-Δ""" (A-II) , of the 3-hydroxy aromatic (A-III) and of the 3α- and 3jS-hydroxy reduced A/B-ring (A-IV) amino substituted steroids (XI) are prepared from the 3α/3 -hydroxy steroid by methods known to those skilled in the art. Preferably the 3 /3/3-hydroxy steroid is reacted with an excess of phosphorus oxychloride (POCI3) in a non-protic polar organic solvent such as acetone containing a appropriate amine such as pyridine, see EXAMPLE 133. Similarly, the 3-phosphate esters of the 3o- and 3/3- hydroxy-Δ (A-I) amino substituted steroids (XI) are prepared by reacting the 3α:/3J-hydroxy-Δ steroid with phosphoric acid and tri- chloroacetonitrile In the presence of an appropriate solvent such as acetonitrile and an appropriate tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The 3-phosphate amino substituted steroids (XI) can be reacted with base to form a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the 3-phosphate as is known to those skilled in the art to form the corresponding salt, see EXAMPLE 134. Suitable bases include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and potassium bicarbonate. The ά ° and Δ- ** '^'° derivatives are prepared by reacting the corresponding Δ 4 starting material with a reagent such as chloranil following the general procedure of Campbell and Babcock, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 81,. 4069 (1959). If a Δ 1 ' 4 ' 6 derivative is desired, the Δ 1 double bond is subsequently added by methods well known to those skilled in the art such as by fermentation or with DDQ. When the substituent at Cχ 7α is a methyl or ethyl group and the substituents at 0χg are hydrogen atoms, the compounds are prepared by first treating the corresponding Δ ** - 6 -steroid with lithium in liquid ammonia and then trapping the enolate with methyl or ethyl iodide. During this methylation the A-ring must be protected as is known to those skilled in the art. When the substituent at Cχg α is a methyl group and at Cχgo is a -H, the compounds are prepared by first adding methyl magnesium chloride in the presence of a copper propionate and trapping the enolate with methyl or ethyl iodide. Alternatively, in principle, a form of the steroid not neces¬ sarily desired as the final product (XI) , can be reacted in its G terminal f orm > f° r example when n is 1, 21-halo, 21-mesyl or 21-tosyl form with the appropriate amine to form a 21-amino steroid. Following this, the steroid nucleus itself can be modified. While this is an alternative process, in principle, to produce the amino substituted steroids (XI) , of the present invention, in practice it is an undesirable method compared to the preferred process of reacting the C term χ na χ halo, tosyl or mesyl analog corresponding to the steroidal portion of desired amino substituted steroids (XI) , with the amine corresponding to the amine portion of the desired amino substituted steroids (XI) as is apparent to one skilled in the art - with the exception of the esters of the llα-hydroxy steroids, see EXAMPLES 28, 31 AND 32. Yet another alternative procedure, in principle, to produce some of the steroids of the invention involving amino substituents which can be thought of as having 2 or more components, can be produced by first reacting the 21-halo, tosyl or mesyl steroid with a portion of the desired amine substituent to form a steroid in which there is an amine substituent at the 21-position followed by further reaction of the amino portion of the amino substituted steroid to produce the complete substituent at the 21-position. For some steroids of this invention (EXAMPLES 9 and 10) this method is preferable, but as stated above for the other alternative procedure, while this is an alternative process in principle, in practice it is usually un¬ desirable compared to the preferred process. For the amino substituted steroids (XI) , it is preferred that the steroid be the amino steroid (la and lb) , more preferably the amino steroid (la). It is preferred that the A-ring be Δ 4 -3-keto or Δ ** -' -3-keto. At Cg,. it is preferred that Rgχ > Rgg and Rg be -H and Rg 2 , Rgg and Rgg be -H or -CH3. It is preferred that R 7 be -H.' β-H . For the C-ring it is preferred that Rg be -H or the C-ring be Δ'-*- ***1 -' , more preferrably Δ"( ****** ). It is preferred that the substituent(s) at Cxg be -H if there is only one substituent, or if two substituents, either two -H's or a -H and a -CH3. If -CH3 it is preferred that it be in the configuration. It Is preferred that Rχ 7 g be a -H, -OH, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ; it is more preferred that Rχ 7 g be -H. With regard to the side chain at Cχ 7 , it Is preferred that it be -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n NR 2 χR 2 χ 0 . It Is preferred that Z be -0. It Is prefer¬ red that n be 1. Regarding R 2 χ and R 2 χo it is preferred that R 2 χ and R χo are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a cyclic amino substituent selected from 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X 2 -(CH 2 )^- [E] and 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4-position with Xχ-(CH 2 )j- [F] . It is preferred that j be 0. With the substituent [E] it is preferred that X 2 be selected from the group consisting of 1,3,5-triazin-4-yl substituted in the 2- and/or 6- position with 2-pyridinyl, pyrimidin-4-yl substituted in the 2- and/or 6- position with 1-pyrrolidinyl, pyrimidin-4-yl substituted in the 2- and/or 6- position with 4-morpholinyl, l,3,5-triazin-4-yl substituted in the 2- and 6- position with 1-pyrrolidinyl and pyridinyl substituted in the 3- position with -NR2X3 213 where one of R 213 is -H and the other is C2 alkyl. It is preferred that the compounds not be. the N-oxide. With the substituent [F] , it is preferred that Xx be phenyl optionally substituted with 1,2 or 3 methoxy groups. It is preferred that the amino substituted steroid (XI) be selected from the group consisting of 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)- diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2-amino-6- (diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - 17 -hydroxypregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydrox -21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- - hydroxy-16 -meth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3 ,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -ll , 17 -dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-16α-methylτ21- [4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinly]pregna-1,4, (11)-triene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, ll -hydroxy-16α-me hyl-21-[4- [2 , 6 -bis (pyrrolidino) - -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16c_-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, ll_t-hydroxy-16-_-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-'bls(morpholino) - -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methy1-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -ρregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3,6-bis-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -16α- methyl-pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, • 21- [4- [6-(ethylamino) -2-pyridinyl]ρiρerazinyl] -16a-methyl- pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 16 -Methyl-21-[4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,3,5-triazin-2- yl] -l-piperzinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11)-trIene-3,20-dione and pharmaceuti¬ cally acceptable salts, hydrates and solvates thereof. It Is more preferred the amino substituted steroid (XI) be 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [6-(ethylamino)-2-pyridin- yl] -piperazinyl] -16α-methyl-pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione or 16α-methyl-21-[4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-l-piper- zinyl] -pregna-1,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ^'i *** ^steroids (VI) of the present invention are reacted with acids to form amine salts by methods known to those skilled in the art and the resulting salts are more water soluble and therefore preferable to use when an aqueous formulation is desired such as a solution for IV use. Generally the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ y "*• •* - *■* - steroids (VI) possess one or more basic nitrogen atoms to be converted to an acid addition pharmaceutically acceptable salt. However, when n is 0 and Z is -0 (i.e. amides) and the compound does not contain another nitrogen atom, they will not form salts suitable as pharmaceuticals. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms of the amino substituted 1 steroids (XI and VI) are generally preferred over the free base form since the salts have greater water solubility and form crystals more suitable for pharmaceutical purposes. An acid addition salt of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ^ 1 - ** ^steroids (VI) can be converted to the free base, which can be converted to any desired pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt by methods known to those skilled in the art. It is preferred that the acid addition salt be prepared by reacting the free base of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 • *• •* - •• --'steroids (VI) with an approximately stoichiometric amount of an acid, such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodiic, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, lactic, citric, succinic, benzoic, sallcyclic, pamoic, cyclohexanesulfamic, methanesulfonic, naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, maleic, fumaric, oxalic acid and the like. It is preferred that the acid be selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric, maleic, methanesulfonic and fumaric acids. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 (VI) and acid addition salts can be isolated as hydrates or solvates, and such forms are regarded as equivalent to the corresponding amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* ^ 11 )steroids (VI) not containing water or solvent. • The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ ■ *•- *** '-^steroids (VI) of the present invention are useful pharmaceutical agents in treating a number of different medical conditions in humans and useful warm blooded animals. In humans, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the A 9 **- ** - ** -)- steroids (VI) of the present invention are useful in treating spinal trauma, mild and/or moderate to severe head injury, subarachnoid hemorrhage and subsequent cerebral vasospasm, ischemic (thromboem- bolic) stroke, excess mucous secretion, asthma, muscular dystrophy, adriamycin-induced cardiac toxicity, Parkinsonism, Alzheimer's disease, other degenerative neurological disorders, multiple scleros- " is, organ damage during reperfusion after transplant, skin graft rejection, hemorrhagic, traumatic and septic shock, and conditions such as severe burns, ARDS, inflammatory diseases such as osteo- or rheumatoid arthritis, nephrotic syndrome (i munological) , systemic lupus erythematosis, allergic reactions, atherosclerosis, inflamma¬ tion (for example dermatological, inflammatory and psoriasis condi- tions) , emphysema, cancer (limit metastasis, limit tumor growth), stress induced ulcers, cluster headaches, complications from brain tumors, radiation damage and damage after MI. Amino substituted ' steroids (XI) having the amine functionality 4- [2,6-bis(4-alkyl-l-pi- perazinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl are useful in treating burn victims for burn healing, useful In promoting wound healing and for post MI heart recovery. In humans, .the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * • ■**** -)- steroids (VI) are useful in preventing damage following cardiopul- monary resuscitation, neurological or cardiovascular surgery and from cardiac infarction. Generally, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * • - •• - • --) - steroids (VI) are useful in the same way as glucocorticoid phar¬ maceuticals for the treatment of the above human conditions as well as the animal conditions listed below. hile the amino substituted steroids * (XI) and the Δ 9 (ϋ'steroids (VI) .are useful in both humans and animals in ■treating many of the same conditions and preventing damage from the same problems as the glucocorticoids, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 • *• ■* -- •* •*'steroids (VI) are useful in treating a number. of conditions and preventing damage from conditions where the glucocorticoids are not useful. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * *• •* - ■* -)steroids (VI) have diminished glucocor¬ ticoid activity and therefore, unlike the glucocorticoids, they can be given daily for long periods of time (used chronically) without the side effects associated with the glucocorticoids. This is a distinct advantage. It is to be understood that each of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the A ** -**-)steroids (VI) is useful for a number of the above conditions but not each and every compound is useful for each and every condition. It is well within the ability of those skilled in the art to easily determine which particular amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * *• ** -- *■ 'steroids (VI) are useful for each particular condition without undue experimentation. For example, the fertile egg or chick embryo assay of Folkman, Nature 288, 551 (1980) or Science 221, 719 (1983), discloses an assay to determine antiangiogenic activity which is indicative of inhibition of tumor growth and anti-cancer utility. Because of the ability of the compounds which are active in the Folkman embryo test to inhibit tumor growth, they are useful in the treatment of various diseases and conditions, especially various forms of cancer. Accordingly, they are administered to animals and humans to prolong survival or reduce pain and/or discomfort secondary to tumor growth and the alike. Further, the arachidonic acid LDgg test of Kohler, Thrombosis Res., 9, 67 (1976), identifies compounds which are antioxidants, which inhibit lipid peroxidation, and/or which inhibit the pros- taglandin cascade and are useful in treating spinal trauma, mild and/or moderate to severe head injury, degenerative neurological disorders, etc. Another method useful for determining which par¬ ticular compounds inhibit lipid peroxidation and which are therefore useful in treating spinal trauma, mild and/or moderate to severe head injury, degenerative neurological disorders, etc is described by Pryor in Methods of Enzymology 105, 293 (1984). Further, the mouse head injury assay of Hall, J. Neurosurg., 62, 882 (1980) discloses an assay from which one skilled in the art can readily determine which particular amino substituted steroids (XI) .and the Δ 9 ■*• - *• 'steroids (VI) are useful in the acute treatment of spinal trauma or mild and/or moderate to severe head injury. Additionally, the cat 48 hr motor nerve degeneration model of Hall et al, Exp. Neurol. , 79, .488 (1983) discloses a routine assay from which one skilled In the art can readily determine which particular amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 *• •*••* --- 1 steroids (VI) are useful .in treating chronic degenerative neurological disorders such as Parkinsonism, Alzheimer's disease etc. H. Johnson in Int. Arch. Allergy Appl. Immunol. , 70, 169 (1983) has described the ascarias sensitized rhesus monkey assay for anti-asthma drugs./ The standard conditions for treatment are to give the amino sub¬ stituted steroids (XI) and the Δ •** - * --)steroids (VI) orally or parent- erally, e.g. IV (that is by injection, infusion or continuous drip) or IM, with a standard dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day, one to four times daily. For treating spinal trauma, mild and moderate to severe head injury, damage following cardiopulmonary resuscitation, cardiac' infarction, organ damage during reperfusion after transplant, hemor- rhagic, traumatic and septic shock, severe burns, ARDS, and nephrotic syndrome and preventing skin graft re ection, the standard conditions are used. Typical treatment will involve an initial loading dose, e.g. an IV dose of 0.01 mg to 1 mg/kg followed by maintenance dosing e.g. IV infusion for a day to a week depending on the particular condition of the patient and the particular compound used. This may be supplemented with IM or oral dosing for days, weeks or months to prevent delayed neuronal degeneration in neurological applications (eg spinal trauma, head injury). In treating subarachnoid hemorrhage and subsequent cerebral vasospasm or ischemic (thromboembolic) stroke the standard conditions are used and patients at risk are pre-treated orally. In treating excess mucous secretion and asthma the amino sub¬ stituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ** - ** -)steroids (VI) are administered ' orally, IV and by inhalation in the standard dose. In treating excess mucous secretions the * dose of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ^ 11 - 5 steroids (VI) used is from about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day. The frequency of administration is one through 4 times daily. ' The oral administration of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* - ** - *** )steroids (VI) to treat excess mucous secretions may go on for months or even years. The susceptible Individuals can be pre-treated a few hours before an expected problem. The IV dose is about 0.05 to about 50 mg/kg/day. The aerosol formulation contains about 0.05 to about 1.0% of the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9( *- ** - •* -)steroids (VI) and is administered or used about four times daily as needed. In treating cancer, muscular dystrophy, Parkinsonism, Alzheime- r's disease and other degenerative neurological disorders (amyotrop- hic lateral sclerosis; multiple sclerosis) the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ ( •■ * ■ 'steroids (VI) are administered orally using a dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day, administered or used one to four times a day. The treatment may go on for years. In addition, utility in cancer as well as other disorders or physiological phenomena dependent on angiogenesis or neovasculariza- . tion such as embryo implantation (antifertility) , arthritis, and atherosclerosis is exhibited with the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 *■ •---- * -)steroids (VI) with or without co-administered oral 5 heparin or systemic heparin fragments, see Science 221, 719 (1983). In treating adriamycin-induced cardiac toxicity the amino sub¬ stituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * - ■**■** •'steroids (VI) are administered orally or IV using a dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day ■ i i - : .34- (orally) or (IV) . The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the _9(11)steroids (VI) are preferably given concomitantly with IV adriamycin or the individual is pre-treated with the amino sub¬ stituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* - 11 )steroids (VI). For prophylaxis prior to and preventing damage after neurologi¬ cal or cardiovascular surgery the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ^ ** *-'steroids (VI) are used according to the standard condi¬ tions. The patient can be pretreated with a single IV or IM dose just prior to surgery or orally before and after surgery. In treating osteo- or rheumatoid arthritis and other inflam¬ matory diseases the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* - ** - **1* -'- steroids (VI) are given orally or IM in doses of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day, one to four times daily. Orally the drug will be given over a period of months or years alone or with other steroidal agents. The initial dose with some severe rheumatoid patients may be given IV and followed with an IV drip for up to 24 hr or more. In addition, intra-articular administration may be employed. In treating drug allergic reactions the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ ( *-ii'steroids (VI) are given orally or IV in a dose of about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg/day, administered one to four times daily orally and IV. Typical treatment would be an initial IV loading dose followed by oral dosing for a few days or more. In treating atherosclerosis and emphysema the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * *- ***• -'steroids (VI) are given orally in a dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day, one to four times daily for months or years. In treating dermatological inflammatory conditions including psoriasis the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ( ***••• -'steroids (VI) are given orally in a dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day, one to four times daily or applied topically as a cream, ointment or lotion or equivalent dosage form in a concentration of about 0.05 to about 5% as long as needed. In treating these conditions the amino * - substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * > ■* - ** -'steroids (VI) can be used with other steroidal agents. In promoting burn healing and wound healing the amino sub¬ stituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 -**i)steroids (VI) are given orally or IV in a dose of about 0.05 to about 100 mg/kg/day administered one to four times daily orally and IV. Typical treatment would be an 1 initial IV loading dose of 0.01 to 1 mg/kg followed by oral dosing for a few days. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ( ■* - **• )steroids (VI) are useful in the prevention and treatment of stress ulcers and of gastric intolerance.caused by drugs such as nonsteroidal anti-inflam¬ matory compounds (NOSAC) . Stress ulcers are ulcers that develop after exposure to severe conditions such as trauma, burns, sepsis, extensive surgery, acute illnesses, and the like. Patients in intensive care units are particularly prone to develop stress ulcers. Stress ulcers also Include lesions that can lead to upper gastrointestinal bleeding; such bleeding ' is likely to be prevented or stopped by these compounds. NOSAC includes drugs such as ibuprofen, aspirin, indomethacin, naproxen, piroxicam and the like that are usually taken for analgesia, and that are often associated with gastrointestinal intolerance characterized by pain and lesions that may lead- to bleeding. The amino substituted steroids (XI) and the A (11 steroids (VI) will be administered preferentially by the oral route either as tablets, capsules or liquids, in doses ranging from 5 to 500 mg, two to four times a day. The treatment would be either .preventive, i.e., starting before ulcers have formed in patients at risk of developing such lesions, or therapeutic, i.e., once the ulcers have formed. In patients whose clinical condition precludes swallowing the oral dosage forms, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 * - •* " ** 'steroids (VI) would be given either through a nasogast- ric tube, or parenterally, i.e., IV or IM. The parenteral doses would range from about 1 to about 100 mg and be administered one to four times a day or by IV. In dogs, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* - ** - ** --'- steroids (VI) are useful in treating head and spinal trauma, inter- vertebral diseases (slipped disk) , traumatic shock, flea bite and other allergies. In horses, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9** - ** - ** -' - steroids (VI) are useful in treating endotoxic or septic shock which follows colic, pretreatment before surgery for colic and treatment of Founder (laminitis) . In cattle, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ** -- * -'- steroids (VI) are useful in treating acute coliform mastitis, bovine mastitis and acute allergic reaction to feed lot vaccination. In pigs, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ (11). steroids (VI). are useful in treating porcine stress syndrome and thermal stress syndrome. The term treatment or treating as used in this patent is used broadly and includes both treatment of an existing condition as well as preventing the same condition from occurring where such is possible as is well known to those skilled in the art. For example, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 (* ■ ■ 'steroids (VI) can be used to treat existing asthma conditions and to prevent future ones from occurring. For example, the amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9* * ***** '---'steroids (VI) treat spinal trauma and prevent rejection of skin grafts. The exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular amino substituted steroids (XI) and the Δ 9 ( •*•**■ 'steroids (VI) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, general physical condition of the particular patient, other medication the individual may be taking as is well known to those skilled in the art and can be more accurately determined by measuring the blood level or concentra- tion of the amino steroid (I), aromatic steroid (II), Δ 1 -steroid (III), reduced A/B-ring steroid (IV), Δ 17 ^ 20 ) -steroid (V) and Δ^ 11 )- steroid (VI) in the patient's blood and/or the patients response to the particular condition being treated. DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS The definitions and explanations below are for the terms as used throughout this entire document including both the specification and the claims. / I. CONVENTIONS FOR FORMULAS AND DEFINITIONS OF VARIABLES The chemical formulas representing various compounds or molecu- lar fragments in the specification and claims may contain variable substituents in addition to expressly defined structural features. These variable substituents are identified by a letter or a letter, followed by a numerical subscript, for example, "Z" or n Rχ" where "I" is an integer. These variable substituents are either monovalent ox * - bivalent, that is represent a group attached to the formula by one or two chemical bonds. For example, a group Z would represent a bivalent variable if attached to the formula CH3-C(-Z)H. Groups R. j _ and R,- would represent monovalent variable substituents if attached to the formula CH3-CH -C(Rχ). R H 2 . When chemical formulas are drawn in a linear fashion, such as those above, variable substituents contained in parentheses are bonded to the atom immediately to the left of the variable substituent enclosed In parenthesis. When two or more coisecutive variable substituents are enclosed in paren¬ theses, each of the consecutive variable substituents is bonded to the immediately preceding atom to the left which is not enclosed in parentheses. Thus, in the formula above, both R^ and R are bonded to the preceding carbon atom. Also, for any molecule with an established system of carbon atom numbering, such as steroids, these carbon atoms are designated as 0χ, where "i" Is the integer cor¬ responding to the carbon atom number. For example, Cg represents the 6 position or carbon atom number in.the steroid nucleus as tradition¬ ally designated by those skilled in the art of steroid chemistry. Likewise the term "Rg" represents a variable substituent (either monovalent or bivalent) at the Cg position.- Chemical formulas or portions thereof drawn in a. linear fashion represent atoms in a linear chain. The symbol "-" in general' represents a bond between two atoms in the chain, more specifically it represents a carbon-carbon bond. Thus GH3-0-CH 2 -C R^)H-CH3 represents a 2-substituted-l-methoxypropane compound. In a similar fashion, the symbol "-" represents a double bond, e.g., CH 2 -C(Rχ)-0- CH3, and the symbol "_" represents a triple bond, e.g., .HCrC-CH(Rχ) - CH 2 -CH3. Carbonyl groups are represented in either one of two ways: -CO- or -C(-O)-, with the former being preferred for simplicity. Chemical formulas of cyclic (ring) compounds or molecular frag¬ ments can be represented in a linear fashion. Thus, the compound 4- chloro-2-meth lpyridine can be represented in linear fashion by N*-C(CH 3 )-CH-CC1-CH-C*H with the convention that the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring. Likewise, the cyclic molecular fragment, 4- **A* (ethyl)-1-piperazinyl can be represented by -N -(CH 2 ) 2 -N(C 2 Hg)-CH 2 - C*H 2 . A cyclic (ring) structure for any compound herein defines an orientation with respect to the plane of the ring for substituents attached to each carbon atom of the cyclic compound. In formulas depicting such compounds, a substituent attached to a carbon atom below the plane of the ring is identified as being in the alpha ( ) configuration and is Indicated by a broken, dashed or dotted line attachment to the carbon atom, I.e., by the symbol "- - -" or "....". The corresponding substituent attached above the plane of the ring is identified as being in the beta (β) configuration. hen a variable substituent is bivalent, the valences may be taken together or separately or both in the definition of the variable. For example, a variable R attached to a carbon atom as -C(-Rχ)- might be bivalent and be defined as oxo or keto (thus forming a carbonyl group (-CO-) or as two separately attached monovalent variable substituents <*-Rχ-j and β-R_\ c, . When a bivalent variable, R^, is defined to consist of two monovalent variable substituents, the convention used to define the bivalent variable Is of the form "a- R_ ' '-β-R_ _'χ r some variant thereof. In such a case both and β- R ik are attached to the carbon atom to yield -C(α-Rχ ) (β- _ -) - ■ For example, when the bivalent variable Rg, -C(-Rg)-is defined to consist of two monovalent variable substituents, two monovalent variable substituents are α-Rgχ:/3-Rg 2 α-Rgg:/3-Rgχ Q , etc, yielding -C(α-Rgχ) (/3-Rg )- -C(o:-Rgg)(/3-Rgχ )- , etc. Likewise, for the bivalent variable Rχχ > -C(-Rχχ)-, two monovalent variable substitu- ents are ~-R___ 'β-R__2 - For a ring substituent for which separate a and β orientations, do not exist (e.g. due to the presence of a carbon carbon double bond in the ring) , and for a substituent bonded to a carbon atom which is not part of a ring the above convention is still used, but the α and β designations are omitted. Just as a bivalent variable may be defined as two separate monovalent variable substituents , two separate monovalent variable substituents may be defined to be taken together to form a bivalent variable. For example, in the formula -Cχ(Rχ)H-C 2 (R.j)H- (C- j _ and C 2 define arbitrarily a first and second carbon atom, respectively) R^ and R may be defined to be taken together to form (1) a second bond between 0χ and C 2 or (2) a bivalent group such as oxa (-0-) and the formula thereby describes an epoxide. When Rx and R are taken together to form a more complex entity, such as the group -X-Y- , then the orientation of the entity is such that 0χ in the above formula is " bonded to X and C 2 is bonded to Y. Thus, by convention the designa¬ tion "... R j _ and Rj are taken together to form -CH 2 -CH 2 -0-C0- ..." means a lactone in which the carbonyl is bonded to C 2 . However, when designated "... R^ and Rx are taken together to form -CH 2 -CH -0 i C0- the convention means a lactone in which the carbonyl is bonded to Cx. The carbon atom content of variable substituents is indicated in one of two ways. The first method uses a prefix to the entire name of the variable such as "Cχ-C4", where both "1" and "4" are integers representing the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the variable. The prefix is separated from the variable by a space. For example, "Cχ-C4 alkyl" represents alkyl of 1 through 4 carbon atoms, (including isomeric forms thereof unless an express indication to the contrary is given) . Whenever this single prefix is given, the prefix indicates the entire carbon atom content of the variable being defined. Thus C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl describes a group CH3- CH 2 ) n -0- C0- where n is zero, one or 2. By the second method the carbon atom content of only each portion.of the definition is indicated separate¬ ly by enclosing the "Ci-Cj" designation in parentheses and placing it immediately (no intervening space) before the portion of the defini¬ tion being, defined. By this optional convention (C1-C3)alkoxycar¬ bonyl has the same meaning as C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl because the "Cl- C3"refers only to the carbon atom content of the alkoxy group. Similarly while both C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl and (Cl-C3)alkoxy(Cl-C3)alkyl define alkoxyalkyl groups containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, the two definitions differ since the former definition allows either the alkoxy or alkyl portion alone to contain 4 or 5 carbon atoms while the -latter definition limits either of these groups to 3 carbon atoms. When the claims contain a (cyclic) substituent, at the end of the phrase naming/designating that particular substituent will be a notation in [brackets] or in (parentheses) which will correspond to the same name/designation in one of the CHARTS which will also set forth the chemical structural formula of that particular substituent. II. DEFINITIONS All temperatures are in degrees Centigrade. TLC refers to thin-layer chromatography. THF refers to tetrahydrofuran. DMF refers to dimethylformamide. DMA refers to dimethylacetamide. DBU refers to 1,5-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-5-ene. DBN refers to l,5-diazabicyclo[3.4.0]non-5-ene. DCC refers to dlcyclohexylcarbodiimide. ι DDQ refers to 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l-4-benzoquinone. "HOBT refers to 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. DMSO refers to di ethylsulfoxide. p-TSA refers to p-toluenesulfonic acid. Saline refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution. Physiological (normal) saline refers to 0.9% aqueous sodium chloride solution. UV refers to ultraviolet spectroscopy. IR refers to infrared spectroscopy. NMR refers to nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (5) downfield from tetramethyl- silane. MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e or mass/change unit. [M + H] + refers to the positive ion of a parent plus a hydrogen atom. dec refers to decomposition. Amino substituted steroids (XI) refer to the amino steroids (la and lb), aromatic steroids (II), Δ ** - -steroids (Ilia and Illb), reduced A-ring steroids (IV) and Δ ***7 '-- 2 ^--' -steroids (Va and Vb) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and hydrates thereof. The steroids of the Examples were chromatographed on 40-60 micron silica gel by flash chromatography. The hplc system used in the Examples is a paired ion, gradient, C-18 system. Solvent A Is t-butylammonium phosphate (1 g) in buffer (pH 3, 900 ml) and acetonitrile (100 ml). Solvent B is t-butylam¬ monium phosphate (1 g) in acetonitrile (1000 ml). The flow is 1.5 ml/min. The gradient' is 90% of A to 80% of B over 25 min. Detection is by UV light at 254 nm. Fumaric acid refers to (E) -2-butanedioic acid. Ether refers to diethyl ether. Alcohol refers to ethyl alcohol. Allyl refers to 2-proρen-l-yl. ARDS refers to acute/adult respiratory distress syndrome. IV refers to intravenous, including injection, Infusion and continuous drip. IM refers to intramuscular. IA refers to intra-arterial. Pharmaceutically acceptable refers to those properties and/or substances which are acceptable to theI patient from I a pharmacologi- cal/toxicological point of view including bioavailability and patient acceptance or to the manufacturing chemist from a physical-chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation, stability and isolatability. • When solvent pairs are used, the ratios of solvents used are volume/volume (v/v) . _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom, of a double bond. Aqueous workup (organic solvent,-, ' drying agent) refers to quenching the reaction mixture with water, dilution with the indi¬ cated organic solvent, separation of the organic layer, extraction of the aqueous layer several times with the organic solvent, drying the combined organic layers with the indicated drying agent and removal of the ■ organic solvent using a rotary .evaporator under reduced pressure. Basic workup (organic solvent, aqueous base, drying agent) refers to a workup procedure similar to aqueous workup, except the indicated aqueous base is used instead of water. Acidic workup (organic solvent, organic solvent, drying agent) refers to dilution of the reaction mixture with the first indicated organic solvent, extraction of the organic mixture several times with hydrochloric acid (1 N) , basification of the combined acidic layers with solid sodium or potassium hydroxide, extraction of the basic mixture with the second indicated organic solvent several times, drying the organic phases with the indicated drying agent and removal of the solvent with a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure. [NNNNNN-NN-N] refers to Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS, Columbus, Ohio) registry numbers where each N is an integer from 0 through 9, but deleting leading zeros in the 6-digit portion of the number. Registry numbers are assigned to a particular chemical compound by CAS only when there is sufficient proof according to CAS criteria that the compound has been found to exist and it has been characterized in some way. Compounds published from approximately 1967 to the present are registered publicly and the registry number is the key to finding references in the CAS data base for such a • registered compound. The CAS database is publicly available from several database vendors such as STN International, System Develop¬ ment Corporation ' (SDC) Orbit Search Service, Lockheed Dialog, Bibliographic Retrieval Systems, Questel, etc. CAS registry numbers are included in the EXAMPLES for some of the compounds which have been registered. Aldrich item refers to an item listed for sale by Aldrich Chemical Co., P.O. Box 355, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53201, USA in their 1984-1985 catalog. EXAMPLES Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, practice the present invention to its fullest extent. The following detailed examples describe how to prepare the various compounds and/or perform the various processes of the invention and are to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitations of the preceding disclosure in any way whatsoever. Those skilled in the art will promptly recognize appropriate variations from the procedures both as to reactants and as to reaction conditions and techniques. PREPARATION A-l Methyl[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethyl]amine A mixture of N,N' -dimethylethylene-diamine (25 g) and 2-chloro- pyridine (1.3 g) Is warmed at 85° with stirring for 18 h. The excess dimethylethylenediamine is removed by distillation at reduced pressure. The distillation residue is distributed between ethyl acetate (150 ml) and water (100 ml) . The organic phase is separated, dried over sodium sulfate and the organic solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound. PREPARATION A-2 2-'carboxy-l-piperidine [535-75-1], see Aldrich item P4,585-0. PREPARATION A-3 4-(2-Furonylcarbonyl)piperazine See Example 6B. PREPARATION A-6 4-(2-Pyridinyl)piperazine [34803-66-2], see French Patent 7253.M. PREPARATION A-7 4-(2-Pyridinylmethyl)piperazine [55579-01-6], see European Patent application 49,683. PREPARATION A-8 4-(6-Methoxy-2-pyridinyl)piperazine [51047-54-2], see Canadian Patent 979,894. PREPARATION A-9 4- [ (3-Hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl]piperazine A mixture of t-butyloxycarbonylpiperazine (2.3 g) , 3-hydroxy- i pyridine (0.98 g) , formaldehyde (37%, 2.0 ml) and absolute ethanol (25 ml) are heated at 78° for 44 hr. The ethanol is removed under reduced pressure and the residue distributed betweeen chloroform (150 ml) and sodium carbonate (0.1 N, 100 ml). The aqueous phase is extracted with chloroform (100 ml) . The organic phases are combined and washed with saline, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a solid. The solid is dissolved in chloroform and chromatographed on a flash column using silica gel (150 g) eluting with ethyl acetate/- methanol/ammonium hydroxide (9.9/0.8/0.2). The appropiate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give 4- [(3-hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)- methyl] -l-plperazlnecarboxyllc acid t-butyloxy ester. This material is dissolved in methylene chloride (10 ml) , cooled to 0° in an ice/water bath. Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) is added over 3 min. The mixture is stirred at 0° for 30 min and then allowed to warm to 20-25° for 1 hr. The solvents are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is distributed between chloroform (100 ml) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 ml) . The aqueous phase is extracted (2x) wilth chloroform (75 ml) . The organic phases are combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to an oil. The aqueous blear- bonate phase is extracted with ethyl acetate for 48 hr. The ethyl acetate is removed under reduced pressure to leave an oil. These oils are combined to give the title compound, m.p. 254°; MS 193 (electron impact) m/e. PREPARATION A-10 4- [6-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)-2-pyridinyl]piρerazine A solution of 2,6-dichloropyridine (10 g) and piperazine (25 g) in pyridine (30 ml) is stirred at 65° for 3 h and at 20-25° over¬ night. The reaction mixture is concentrated, the residue is parti¬ tioned between ether and aqueous potassium carbonate. The organic phase is separated, washed with saline, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is added to pyrrolidine (15 g) , pyridine (100 ml) and heated at 100° for 6 days. The reaction mixture is concentrated. The residue is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is separated, dried and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with methanol/ammonium hydroxide/methylene chloride (15/1/84) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCL 3 ) 1.9, 2.9, 3.4, 5.75, 6.5, 7.3 S . PREPARATION A-ll 4- [3-Amino-6-(diethylamino)-2-ρyridinyl] - piperazine Diethylamine (3.29 ml) is added dropwise over 1 hr to a mixture " of 2,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridine (6.13 g) , acetonitrile (100 ml) and potassium carbonate (5.2 g) precooled to 0°. The resulting mixture is allowed to slowly warm to 20-25° and is stirred for 16 hr. The mixture is filtered, the filtrate combined with piperazine (12.2 g) and potassium carbonate (6.0 g) . The resulting mixture is heated at reflux for 24 hr and allowed . to cool to 20-25°. Aqueous workup (methylene chloride, water wash of organic layers and potassium carbonate) and purification by flash chromatography over silica gel eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (20/1 to 5/1) , pooling and concentration of the appropriate fractions gives 6-N,N-diethylamino- 3-nitro-2-(l-piperazinyl)piperidine. A mixture of 6-N.N-diethylamino-3-nitro-2-(1-piperazinyl)pipe- ridine (21.8 g) , ethanol (275 ml), hydrochloric acid (1.2 N, 27 ml) and palladium on charcoal (10%, 5.25 g) is exposed to hydrogen at 50 psi in a Parr flask. After 16 h the residue is filtered through celite, concentrated and partitioned between chloroform and 5% sodium hydroxide. The organic phase is separated, dried over potassium carbonate * , concentrated and the residue passed through a plug of silica gel eluting with chloroform/methanol/arirmonium hydroxide (4/1/0.25). The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, IR (nujol) 3309, 2967, 2828, 1581, 1474, 1451, 1258 and 803 cm '1 ; NMR (CDCl 3 ) 1.05, 2.9-3.1, 3.2, 3.2-3.4, 6.25 and 6.94 5; MS (electron impact) 2.49, 2.20, 207, 193, 177 and 163. PREPARATION A-13 4/- [ 6 - ( D i e thy l am i no ) - 3 - ( d im e thy l am i no ) - 2-pyridinyl]piperazine Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.5 g) is added to a mixture of 3- amino-6-N,N-diethylamino-2-((4-t-butylcarbamate)ρiperazin-l-yl)- piperidine (1.1 g) , formalyn (37%, 11 ml) and acetonitrile (33 ml). The mixture is stirred for 24 h at 20-25° , basic workup (chloroform, . sodium carbonate, sodium sulfate) and flash chromatography over silica gel eluting with hexane ethyl acetate (4/1) provides the- protected form of the title compound. The protected amine (967 ml) , ethyl acetate (20 ml) and hydrochloric acid (3.0 N, 50 ml) is stirred for 3 h at 20-25°. Basic workup (chloroform, 10% sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate) gives the title compound, IR (nujol) 3289, 2935, 2820, 1589, 1566, 1479, 1445, 1429, 1373, 1263, 1236 and 940 cm '1 ; NMR (CDC1 3 ) 2.9-3.1, 3.3-3.5, 3.51, 6.06 and 7.10 S . PREPARATION A-14 4- [4,6-Bis(2-propenylamino) -l,3,5-triazin-2-yl] - piperazine A solution of 2-chloro-4,6-bis(2-propenylamino)-1,3,5-triazine (10.44 g) and 15.95 g of piperazine in 150 ml of DMF is heated under reflux for about 18 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled and stored at 5° and crystals are deposited. The soluble fraction is con¬ centrated and the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts are washed with aqueous potassium carbonate, 50% saline and saline and dried over magnesium sulfate ' and concentrated to give a gum. Chromatography on silica gel (400 g) and elution (200 ml fractions) with 20% acetone-methylene chloride gives the formamide. The formamide (9.2 g) In 200 ml of methanol is heated to reflux, then cooled under nitrogen and mixed with 4 ml of 45% potassium hydroxide solution. The mixture is heated under reflux for about 20 hours, then cooled and concentrated. The residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extracts are washed with water and saline, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated—to give a gum. Crystallization from 50 ml- of carbon tetrachloride gives the title compound, mp 93-94.5°. PREPARATION A-15 4- [2,6-Bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine See Example 0. PREPARATION A-16 4- [6 -Amino-4- (diethylamino) -2-pyrimidinyl- piperazine Dry piperazine (3.59 g) and 2-amino-4-diethylamino-6-chloro- pyrimidine (1.55 g) are heated at 100° in ethylene glycol (20 ml) for 4 h. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate to 1% methanol/ethyl acetate to 20% methanol/1% ammonia/ethyl acetate. The appropriate fractions . are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, TLC (ethyl acetate/0.5% ammonium hydroxide) R j - 0.7. PREPARATION A-17 4- [2,6-Bis(dimethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] - piperazine A mixture of dimethylamine (16.6 g, 25% in water), triethylamine (20 g) and 1,3,5-trichloropyrimidine (8.3 g) in ethanol (100 ml) is stirred at 20-25° for 2 h. The mixture is stored at 0° overnight. Additional dimethylamine solution (2 g) is added and the reaction is stirred at 20-25° for 2 h. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed over silica gel eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to give pure 2,4-bis[dimethylamino] -6-chloropyrimidIne. This bis- adduct is heated with piperazine (2.6 g) in ethanol (100 ml) for 1 h. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is crystall¬ ized from ether and hexane to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 2.05, 3.0, 3.75 and 5.7 5. PREPARATION A-18 4- [2-(Diethylamino)-6-(1-pyrrolidinyl) - 4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine A solution of 2-diethylamino-4-piperazino-6-chloropyrimidine (4.10 g) in pyrrolidine (4.10 g) is heated at 100° for 12 h. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is partitioned between aqueous sodium bicarbonate and methylene chloride-.— The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried and concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 1.15, 1.90, 2.90, 3.45, 3.70 and 4.75 5. PREPARATION A-19 ' 4- [2 , 6-Bis (4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)-4-pyrimidin- yl]piperazine Trichloropyrimidine is added in portions to an ice cool solution of N-meth lpiperazine (40 g) in ethanol (200 ml) . The mixture is then heated at 60° for 2 h. The mixture is concentrated and chromat¬ ographed on silica gel with 2-5% methanol and methylene chloride to give 2,4-bis[4-methylpiperazino] -6-chloropyrimidine. This material is heated at 130° in water (30 ml) with piperazine (32 g) in a Parr bomb for 20 h. The product is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium carbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give ' the title compound, TLC (methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide - 91.5/8/0.5) R f - 0.3. PREPARATION A-20 4-[2-(Diethylamino)-6-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] iperazine 2-Diethylamino-4,6-dichloroρyrimldine (10 g) is reacted with piperazine (14.45 g) in ethanol (200 ml) at reflux for 2 hr. The mixture is concentrated and the product isolated by silica gel chromatography giving -diethylamino-4-pIperazino-6-chloropyrimi- dine. The 2-diethylamino-4-piperazino-6-chloropyrimidine (8 g) and N-methylpiperazine (8 g) is heated neat at 70° for 16 hr. Then water (2.5 ml) is added and the mixture is heated at 100° for 50 hr. The mixture is chromatographed on silica gel, the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 1.15, 2.80, 2.85, 2.90, 3.30, 3.70 and 4.95 5. PREPARATION A-21 4- [2-(Diethylamino)-6-(1-plperidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl]piperazine A solution of 2-dieth lamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (4 g) in piperidine (6 g) is heated at 80° for 20 min. The mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 15 h and then. partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium carbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue and piperazine (8 g) are refluxed in pyridine (100 ml) for 6 h. The reaction is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous potas¬ sium carbonate. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to- a residue which is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methylene chloride to 6% methanol/1% ammonium hydroxi- de/methylene chloride. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 1.15, 1.53, 2.90, 3.45 and 4.95 δ . PREPARATION A-22 4- [ 2 , 6-Bis (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] - piperazine A solution of pyrrolidine (80 g) in THF (500 ml) is chilled in • an ice water bath and stirred mechanically under nitrogen. With a syringe pump of 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine (50 g) is added over 35 minutes. The reaction is stirred in the ice bath for 1 hour and is then warmed to 20-25° over 4 h. Pyridine (100 ml) is added to the reaction and the mixture stirred at 20-25° overnight. The reaction Is- concentrated. The residue is partitioned . between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is concentrated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to yield 51 g of crystalline 2,4-bis[pyrrolidino] - -6-chloropyrlmidine. Immediately after the initial addition of reagents, two spots are seen with 25% ethyl acetate on a silica gel plate. These are the 2- and the 4- adducts. The bis product forms over time. It moves between these first two spots. The 51 g of product is reacted with piperazine (40 g) in 100 ml of dry pyridine at 100° for 50 h. The reaction is concentrated. The residue is partitioned between methylene chloride and sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase Is dried and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methylene chloride to 10% methanol/1% ammonia/methylene chloride to give the title com¬ pound, NMR (CDC1 3 ) 1.90, 2.9, 3.35 and 4.80 5. PREPARATION A-23 4-[2,6-Bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine A solution of 160 g of morpholine in 1000 ml of methylene chloride is treated dropwise with 100 g of 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine. The reaction is immersed in an ice water bath. After 1 h, 300 ml of pyridine is added. The reaction is stirred for two days and concen¬ trated. The residue is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (10% ethyl acetate/hexane to 25% to methylene chloride) to give 2,4- [bis-morpholino] -6-chloropyrimidine. A solution of 40 g of 2,4- [bis-morpholino]-6-chloropyrimidine and 34- g of piperazine in 60 g of pyridine is heated at 100° for 24 h. The mixture is partitione between methylene chloride and aqueous potassium carbonate. The organic phase is . filtered through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed (methylene chloride to 4% methanol/1% ammonium hydroxide/ ethylene chloride) to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 2.90, 3.50, 3.75, 3.80 and 5.10 S. PREPARATION A-24 4- [2,6-Bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine Following the general procedure for PREPARATION A-22, and makin non-critical variation but substituting allylamine for pyrrolidin the title compound is obtained. PREPARATION A-25 4-(2-Pyrimidinyl)piperazine [20980-22-7] See US Patent 4,409,223. PREPARATION A-26 4-[4,6-Bis(diethylamino)-2-pyrimidinyl]piperazin Diethylamine (80 g) is reacted with trichloropyrimidine (50 g) in THF. The reaction after chromatography yields a mixture of th mono- and di-adduct. This material is dissolved in pyridine (58 g) and reacted with diethylamine (35 g) at 50° for 3 h. The reaction i concentrated to a residue. The residue is partitioned betwee methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phas is separated and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed o silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (10/90). The ap¬ propriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give 2,4-bis[diet¬ hylamino] -6-chloropyrimidine. This material is dissolved in pyridine (100 g) and reacted with piperazine (40 g) at 100° for 50 h. Following the above workup procedure the title compound is obtained, NMR (CDC1 3 ) 1.15, 2.90, 3.45 and 4.9 5. PREPARATION A-27 4-(3,6-DImethylpyrazinyl)piperazine [59215-42-8] See Canadian Patent 979,894. PREPARATION A-28 4- [ (5-Methyl)-4-phenyl-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl] - piperazine A mixture of 3-bromo-5-methyl-4-phenyl-4H-l,2,4-triazole (4.16 g) , 15.07 g of piperazine and 20 ml of pyridine is stirred at 100° under nitrogen for 22 h. -The reaction is monitored by TLC (8% methanol/methylene chloride) and after this period of time no change occurrs. The mixture is subsequently placed In a Parr bomb and heated in an oil bath at 180° for 24 h. Bomb pressure increases by 40 psi. The mixture is worked up by partitioning between chloroform and water. The organic phase is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x) and with saline (2 x) , dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a solid, the product is recrystallized- in ethyl ' acetate, MS [M + H] + 243.1484 PREPARATION A-29 4-(Benzo[b]thien-2-yl)piperazine 2-Chlorobenzo-thiazole (5 g) is heated in ethanol (75 ml) with piperazine (3.05 g) for 20 h. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride/ether and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is separated, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound. PREPARATION A-30 4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)piperazine [35386-24-4], see Aldrich item M2,260-1. PREPARATION A-31 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperazine [70849-64-8], see Aldrich item M2,300-4. PREPARATION A-32 4- [ (3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]piperazine See French Patent 7031 M. PREPARATION A-33 4-(4-Fluorophenyl)piperazine [2252-63-3], see Aldrich item 19,133-7. PREPARATION A-34 4- [2-Amino-5-(l-pyrrolidinyl)phenyl]plperazine Pyrrolidine (2.0 ml) is added to a mixture of 2,4-dichloronitro- benzene (4.50 g) , acetonitrile (25 ml) and potassium carbonate 4.90 g) . After stirring for 48 hr at 20-25° basic workup gives l-nitro-2- piperazinyl-4-pyrrolldinylbenzene. A mixture of l-nitro-2-piρerazinyl-4-pyrrolidinylbenzene (4.57 g) , ethanol (110 ml), hydrochloric acid (1.2 N, 6 ml) and palladium on carbon (10%, 1 g) is exposed to hydrogen 51 psi at 20-25° in a Parr flask. After 16 h (49 psi total uptake) the mixture is fil¬ tered. Basic workup (chloroform, potassium carbonate) and column chromatography silica gel (50 g) eluting with chloroform/methanol (4/1) gives the title compound as an oil, IR (nujol) 3315, 2947, 2816, 1512, 1258, 1001 and 753 cm" 1 ; NMR (CDC1 3 ) 1.8-2.0, 2.9-3,2, 6.52 and 6.6-6.8 δ; MS (electron impact) 246, 204 and 189. PREPARATION A-35 4-[ [4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]ρiperazine See US Patent 4,421,753. PREPARATION A-36 4-Hydroxy-4- [4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazine [39757-71-6], see US Patent 3,936,464. PREPARATION A-37 (2-Diethylaminoethyl)amine [111-74-0], see Aldrich item 12,694-2. PREPARATION A-38 [2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]amine- [120-20-7], see Aldrich item D13,620-4. PREPARATION A-39 [2-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amine See J. Pharm. . Sci. 60, 1232 (1971). PREPARATION A-40 [2- (3 , 4-Dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [3,4,5-trimethoxy- phenyl) -methyl]amine A mixture of 3,4-dimethoxyphenylamine (2.87 g) , 3,4,5-trimeth- oxybenzaldehyde (3.15 g) , benzene (100 ml) and p-TSA (276 ml) is heated at reflux in a Dean Stark apparatus. After 16 hours, the mixture is allowed to cool to 20-25°. Basic workup (methylene chloride, sodium bicarbonate, magnesium sulfate) gives an imine. Sodium borohydride (1.2 g) is added in several portions over 2 hours to the imine in methanol (65 ml) and hydrochloric acid (1.2 N, 7.4. ml). After 3 hours, acidic workup (ether, chloroform, sodium carbonate) gives the title compound as an oil,.IR (Nujol) 2939, 1591, 1516, 1463, 1420, 1236 and 1128 cm- 1 ; NMR (CDC1 3 ) 2.7-3.0, 3.7-4.0 and 6.5-6.9 δ; MS (chemical ionization) [M + H] + 360, 199, 182, 181. PREPARATION A-41 [2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [ [4-(dimeth la ino) phenyl]methyl]amine [13159-97-2], see Chem. Abst. 65:7001f. PREPARATION A-42 [ (3 ,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)methyl] [2-(3,4-dimethoxy- phenyl)-ethyl]a ine A mixture of 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (1.25 g) t-butyldimeth l- silyl chloride (3.5 g) , dimeth lformamide (10 ml) and imidazole (1.54 g) is stirred for 18 h at 20-25°. The mixture is diluted with ether and washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is separated and dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give an oil homogeneous by TLC. The oil (3.3 g) , 3,4-dimethoxyethylamine (1.77 g) toluene (50 ml) and p-TSA (150 ml) is heated at reflux In a Dean Stark apparatus for 24 h. Afterwards the solution is permitted to cool to 20-25° , methanol (35 ml), hydrochloric aci'd (1.2 N, 4,2 ml) and sodium borohydride (1 g) are added. After 2 h the mixture is concentrated, basic workup (chloroform, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfate) gives a compound which is purified by flash chromatography over silica gel diluting with chloroform/methanol (30/1). The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound as an oil, IR (nujol) 2931, 2858, 1511, 1297, 1259, 909, 840 and 782 cm "1 ; NMR (CDC1 3 ) 0.19, 0.99, 2.7-2.9, 3.68, 3.87, and 6.6-6.9 δ; MS (chemical ionization) [M + H] + 532, 386, 351. PREPARATION A-43 (2-Pyridinyl)meth l [3731-51-9], see Aldrich item A6,520-4. PREPARATION A-44 4- [2- [4- [2 ,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] - 1-piperazinyl]ethyl]piperazine Several batches of di-t-butyl dicarbonate (17.7 g) is added to a stirred mixture of 2-hydroxyeth lpiperazine (10.6 g) in ether (300 ml). The mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 1.5 hr and then washed with sodium hydroxide (5%, 200 ml), sailne (200 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The organic solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give an oil. The oil is flash chromatographed on silica gel (100 g) , eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (9.5/0.4/0.1). The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the N-protected 2-hydroxyethylpiρerazine. The N-protected 2-hydroxyethylpiperazine (3.0 g) , triethylamine (1.42 g) and methylene chloride (30 ml) is cooled to 0° in an ice bath under nitrogen. A mixture of methanesulfonyl chloride (1.64 g) in methylene chloride (30 ml) is added dropwise over 10 min. The cooling bath is removed and the mixture allowed to warm to 20-25° for 30 min. The mixture is then washed with water (60 ml) , dried over 1 sodium sulfate and the solvent removed to give crude mesylate. 4-[2,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine (4.23 g) , potassium carbonate (1.93 g) and acetonitrile (150 ml) are added to the crude mesylate. The mixture is heated at reflux for 18 hr. The acetonitrile is removed under reduced pressure and the residue distributed between chloroform (200 ml) and water (200 ml) . The phases are separated, the organic phase is washed with saline, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give an oil. The oil is flash chromatographed on silica gel (200 g) with ethyl acetate/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (9.5/0.4/0.1). The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the N-protected form of the title compound as a solid, mp 148-149°. This solid (0.75 g) in methylene chloride (10 ml) is stirred and cooled to 0° in an ice/water bath. Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) is added dropwise over 5 min. The cooling bath is removed and the mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 1 hr. The organic solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is distributed between methylene chloride (50 ml) and sodium hydroxide (10%, 50 ml). The organic phase is separated, and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed to give the title compound. PREPARATION A-45 . 4- [4,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-1- piperazine Pyrrolidine (28.5 g) is cooled on an ice bath. 1,3,5-Trichloro- triazine (18.4 g) is added with vigorous stirring. After 1-1.5 h the mixture Is permitted to warm to 20-25° . The solid is filtered and rinsed several times with water and dried under reduced pressure to give the monochloro-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)triazine. This material (23.18 g) in piperazine (31.55 g) at DMF (295 ml) is refluxed under nitrogen. When the reaction is complete (TLC) the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The mixture is trans¬ ferred to a separatory funnel containing ethyl acetate (100 ml) and potassium carbonate (100 ml) . The layers are separated, the organic layer is washed with saline (100 ml) and back-washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml) . The organic layers are combined, dried over magnesium sulfate at room temperature, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. This material is chromatographed on a silica gel column (500 g) eluting with acetone/methylene chloride (5/95) . The appropriate fractions (500 ml) are pooled and concentrated to give a solid. The solid (10.13 g) is refluxed in methanol (200 ml) and cooled under nitrogen. Potassium hydroxide (45% aqueous, 4 ml) is added, the mixture degassed with nitrogen and heated to reflux. After 8 h the mixture is cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid is transferred to a separatory funnel containing ethyl acetate (200 ml) and water (100 ml) . The phases are separated, the organic layer is washed with water (2 x 100 ml) and 50% brine (100 ml) followed by brine (2 x 100 ml) . The aqueous washes are back-washed with 200 ml of ethyl acetate, the organic phases are combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, con¬ centrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound, m.p. 162.5-166°. PREPARATION A-46 4- [3,6-Bis(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine Diethylamine (3.29 ml) is added dropwise over 1 h to a mixture of 2,6-dichloro-3-nitropyridine (6.13 g) , .acetonitrile (100 ml) and potassium carbonate (5.2 g) precooled to 0°. The mixture is allowed slowly to warm to 20-25° and stirred for 16 h. The mixture is filtered, the filtrate combined with piperazine (12.2 g) and potas- sium carbonate (6 g) . The resulting mixture is heated at- reflux for 24 h and then permitted to cool to 20-25°. Aqueous workup (methylene chloride, water washed over organic layers, potassium carbonate) and purification by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with chloroform/methanol (20:1 25:1) gives 6-N,N-diethylamino-3-nitro-2- (l-piperazinyl)pyridine. This material (21.8 g) , ethanol (275 ml), hydrochloric acid (1.2 N, 27 ml) and 10% palladium on charcoal (5.25 g) is exposed to hydrogen at 50 pounds per square inch in a Parr flask. After 16 h the residue is filtered through celite, concentrated and partitioned between chloroform and sodium hydroxide (5%) . The organic layers are separated, dried using potassium carbonate, concentrated. The concentrate is passed through a plug of silica gel, eluting with chloroform/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (4/1/0.25) to give 3-amino-6- N,N-diethylamino-2-(1-piperazinyl)pyridine. A solution of di t-butyl dicarbonate (11.8 g) and methylene chloride (25 ml) is added dropwise over 30 min to a mixture of 3- amino-6-N,N-diethylamino-2-(l-piperazinyl)pyridine (13.5 g) , triethy¬ lamine (8.33 ml) and methylene chloride (400 ml) precooled to 0°. The resulting mixture is allowed to slowly warm to 20-25°. After 16 h using basic workup (methylene chloride, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate) the t-butyl carbonate as a solid is obtained. The protected piperazinyl pyridine (4 g) as an aldehyde (12.8 ml), acetonitrile (80 ml) is mixed. Sodium cyanoborohydride (1.73 g) is added to the pyridine mixture. The resultant solution is stirred for 48 h at 20-25° . After 24 h additional sodium cyanoboroh¬ ydride (500 ml) and acid aldehyde (5 ml) is added. Basic workup (chloroform/potassium carbonate, potassium carbonate) and purifica- tion by flash chromatography using silica gel and eluting eith hexane ethyl acetate (5/1) gives an oil. The oil (2.36 g) , ethyl acetate (50 ml), and hydrochloric acid (3.0 N, 37.5 ml) are stirred for 16 h at 20-25°. Basic workup (chloroform, 10% sodium hydroxide, potassium carbonate) gives the title compound, MS (electron impact) 305. PREPARATION A-47 4-[3-(Ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine 2-(l-piperazinyl)-3-nitropyridine (24.50 g) , ethanol (445 ml) and hydrochloric acid (1.2 N, 44 ml) are combined and hydrogenated overnight at 40 psi, refilling when necessary. The mixture is filtered through celite, washed with ethanol, chloroform, ethanol and water. The organic solvents are removed with heat and reduced pressure. The remaining material is partitioned between methylene chloride (3 x 250 ml) and sodium bicarbonate. The organic layers are combined, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oil which slowly solidified upon standing to give 3-amino-2-(l-piperazinyl)pyridine. 3-Amino-2-(1-piperazinyl)pyridine (19.58 g) , methylene chloride 600 ml), triethylaminfe (17.2 ml) are combined and cooled to 6°. Di- t-butyl-dicarbonate (24.34 g) in methylene chloride (50 ml) is added to the pyridine mixture over 30 min and permitted to stand at 0° for 1 hr, then allowed to warm to 20 - 25°. After 30 min, TLC indicates no starting material remains. The reaction mixture is partitioned between sodium bicarbonate (500 ml) and methylene chloride (3 x 250 ml) . The organic phases are combined, dried over potassium car¬ bonate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and heat to give a solid which is recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 3- amino-2- [(4-t-butyldicarbonate)-l-piperazinyl]piρeridine. 3 -Amino-2- [ (4-t-butyldicarbonate) -l-piperazinyl]piperidine (2.361 g) , methanol (23.6 ml) and acetaldehyde (2.1 ml) are combined at 20 - 25° to form a solution. Sodium cyanoborhydride (586 mg) is added and the mixture stirred overnight. The organic solvent is removed with reduced pressure and heat, the remaining mixture is partitioned between sodium bicarbonate (50 ml) and chloroform (3 x 50 ml) . The chloroform extracts are combined and dried over potassium carbonate and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated with heat and reduced pressure. The concentrate is column chromatographed on silica gel 60 (40 63 μ) eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate (2/1) containing triethylamine (1%) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give 3-ethylamino-2- [ (4-t-butyldicarbonate)-1- piperazinyl]piperidine. /' ' ■ 3-Ethylamino-2- [ (4-t-butyldicarbonate)-l-piperazinyl]piperidine (2.47 g) , ethyl acetate (67.ml) and hydrochloric acid (3 N, 49 ml) are combined and stirred for 2 hr at 20 - 25°. TLC indicates no starting material. Potassium hydroxide (14 g) and water (80 ml) is added. The organic layer is removed and extracted with chloroform (3 x 60 ml) . The organic layers are combined, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and the filtrate concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 1.25, 1.50, 3.1, 3.5, 6.90 and 7.75 δ. PREPARATION A-48 4- [3-(Diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine Following the general procedure of PREPARATION A-47 and making non-critical variations but reacting the protected ethylamine compound with additional acetaldehyde and again reducing the title compound is obtained, NMR (CDCI3) 0.95, 3.25,6.80, 7.20 and 7.90 δ. PREPARATION A-49 4- [4,6-Bis(2-pyridinyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] - piperazine A mixture of 4-formyl-piperazinecarboximidamide hydroiodide (prepared according to US Patent 4,351,832) in ethanol (4 ml) and ethanolic sodium ethoxide (1.4 N, 6.8 ml) is stirred for 15 min, then 2-cyanopyridine (2.08 g) is added. The mixture is concentrated at atmospheric pressure and heated at about 200° for 5 hr, then cooled and chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methanol/methylene chloride (30/70) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and con¬ centrated to give the 1-formyl 4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl) -1,3,5-triazin- 2-yl]piperazine. Hydrolysis of the formamide in the usual way (PREPARATION A-14) gives the title compound. PREPARATION A-50 4- [5,6-Bis(2-pyridinyl) -1,2,4-triazin-3-yl] - piperazine A mixture of 4-formyl-piperazinecarboximidamide hydroiodide (prepared according to US Patent 4.351,832) in ethanol (4 ml) and ethanolic sodium ethoxide (1.4 N, 6.8 ml) is stirred for 15 min and then anhydrous hydrazine (0.32 g) in ethanol (3 ml) Is added. The mixture is stirred an additional 15 min, then 2,2'-pyridil (2.12 g) is added. The mixture is stirred for 12 hours at 25° and con¬ centrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a methylene chloride/methanol mixture. The appropriate fractions are pooled - and concentrated to give 1-formyl 4- [5,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)- 1,2,4-triazin-3-yl] -piperazine. Hydrolysis of the formamide in the usual way (PREPARATION A-14) gives the title compound. PREPARATION S-l 21-Bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9-diene-3,20-dione See US 4,041,055 (Ex 59). PREPARATION S-2 21-Bromo-17α-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione [26987-70-2], see J. Chem. Soc. B. , 4, 748 (1970). PREPARATION S-3 llα,17α,21-Trihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 21- tosylate Tosyl chloride (freshly recrystallized, 3.48 g) in pyridine (10 ml) is added dropwise over 15 min to a solution of llα,17α,21-tri- hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione (British Patent 1,100,505, 6 g) in pyridine (90 ml) precooled to 0° . The resulting mixture is stirred for 1.5 h at 0° and 1 h at 20-25°. The mixture is quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate. -Aqueous workup (chloroform, magnesium sulfate) provides the crude tosylate. Tosylate can be purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with chloroform/methanol (15/1) . PREPARATION S-4 llα,21-Dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [600-67-9], see US Patent 4,013,688. PREPARATION S-5 21-Bromo-17α-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [20380-17-0], see US Patent 4,500,461. PREPARATION S-6 21-Bromopregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione [51297-00-8], see US Patent 3,983,111. PREPARATION S-7 21-Hydroxypregna-4,9(11) ,16-triene-3,20-dione [24510-86-9], see Tetrahedron Lett. 25, 2581 (1984). PREPARATION S-8 21-Iodopregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione [95288-91-8]. PREPARATION S-9 21-Bromopregn-4-ene-3,20-dione [26987-66-6], see J. Org. Chem., 50, 81 (1985). PREPARATION S-10 17/3-Carboxy-17c_-hydroxyandrost-4-ene-3-one 17α-21-Dlhydroxypregna-4-ene-3,20-dione (7.41 g) In methanol (150 ml) at 0° is added over 5 min to a solution of sodium metaperio- date (6.02 g) in water (50 ml). The pH is adjusted to about 6.3 using dilute sulfu-ric acid. The mixture is stirred at about 45° for 3 h. The mixture is then diluted with water (110 ml) , stirred in an ice bath for 30 min and filtered. The solids are washed with ice cold water (200 ml) and air dried. The solids are dissolved in acetone (200 ml) and heated on a steam bath for 15 min and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and dissolved in water (100 ml) contain¬ ing sodium hydroxide (50%, 1.4 ml, pH greater than 11). The mixture is washed with toluene (2 x 300 ml) and the toluene backwashed with water (100 ml) . The aqueous extracts are combined and filtered. The filtrate is acidified with acetic acid (20%, 10 ml) to form a slurry. The slurry is stirred at 20-25° overnight and filtered to obtain the title compound, NMR (CDC1 3 ) 1.85, 3.20 δ; MS 332 (M+ at m/e); UV (ethanol) λ maχ - 241 μ ( ε - 15,800). PREPARATION S-12 ll/3,17α-Dihydroxy-21-iodo-6α-me hylpregna-l,4- diene-3,20-dione [85847-53-6], see J. Pharm.. Soc, 74, 365 (1985). PREPARATION S-13 21-Bromo-ll/3,17α-dihydroxypregna-l,4-diene-3,20- dione [55706-94-0], see US Patent 3,856,956. PREPARATION S-14 17α-Hydroxy-21-iodo-16α_-methylpregna-l,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione [23776-76-3], see US Patent 3,455,968. PREPARATION S-15 17α,21-dihydroxy-6α-methylpregna-l,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione [93269-35-3], see West German DE 3,322,120. PREPARATION S-16 llc ,21-Dihydroxypregna-l,4,9(11)-triene-3,20- dione 21-tosylate A mixture of prednisolone (100 g) , triethylamine (38.8 ml), acetic anhydride (26.3 ml), methylene chloride (1200 ml) and 4- [dimethylamino]pyridine is stirred under nitrogen at 20-25° for 3 days. The reaction mixture is diluted with ether and filtered through celite 521. The solid is dissolved with THF and con¬ centrated. Additional 21-acetate is obtained from the mother liquor. The 21-acetate (63.25 g) , pyridine (70 ml) and DMF (200 ml) is cooled in an ice/acetone bath to less than 0° . In a separate flask sulfur dioxide gas is bubbled for 7 min into pyridine (77.99 g) in an ice bath. The sulfur dioxide solution is poured into the steroid mixture. This mixture is stirred at 0-5° and N-bromosuccinimide (30.93 g) is added slowly keeping the temperature less than 5°. The reaction mixture is left at less than 0° for 2 h under nitrogen. The mixture is diluted with water and partitioned with methylene chloride. The phases are separated, the organic phase is washed with dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid, water dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate and again with water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material is triturated with ether and filtered to give the A 9 **** - * -)-21-acetate. Sodium methoxide (1.7 ml) (4.1 N in methanol) is added to a stirred mixture of the Δ 9 ^ 11 )-21-acetate (17.03 g) in methanol (550 ml) under nitrogen at 20-25°. After about 15 min, a precipitate forms. The reaction is left for 3 h and then diluted with cold water and filtered to give the Δ 9 " * - ** - ** -'-21-hydroxy compound which can be purified by HPLC if desired. The Δ 9 (i * i)-21-hydroxy steroid (0.58 g) p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (0.42 g) . and pyridine (25 ml) are stirred under nitrogen at 20-25° for 24 h. After 24 h additional tosyl chloride (0.42 g) is added. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and water, the organic phase is separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, twice with saline and dried over sodium sulfate. The mixture is concentrated without heat to . give the title compound. PREPARATION S-17 17α-Hydroxy-21-iodopregna-1 ,4-diene-3 , 11, 20- trione [55786-16-8], see J. Med. Chem., 28, 171 (1985). PREPARATION S-18 21-Bromopregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione [97453-07-1], see Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 58, 981 (1985). PREPARATION S-19 llα,17α,21-Trihydroxypregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione 21-tosylate A solution of tosyl chloride (1.16 g) and pyridine (3 ml) is added dropwise over 10 min to a solution of llα-17α-21-trihydroxypre- gna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione (600-90-8, West German DE 2,715,854, 2.0 g) and pyridine (30 ml) at 0°. The resulting mixture is stirred for 1.5 h at 0° and 1.5 h at 20-25°. The mixture is- quenched with ethyl acetate (8 ml) and aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 ml) . Aqueous workup (chloroform, magnesium sulfate) provides the title compound. PREPARATION S-21 17α,21-Dihydroxypregna-l,4,9(11)-triene-3,20- dione [10184-69-7], see West German DE 3,322,120. PREPARATION S-22 21-Iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4,9(11) -triene-3,20- dlone A solution of 150 g (0.41 mol) of 21-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(ll) ,16- tetraene-3,20-dione 21-acetate (US Patent 2,864,834, 150 g) and 90 ml of 1.9 molar copper propionate in THF is cooled in an ice acetone bath. Methyl magnesium chloride (1.96 molar in THF, 240 ml) is added dropwise over 30 minutes. The reaction is checked by TLC (1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane on silica gel) . Additional Grignard reagent can be added If the reaction is not complete. After 1 h, the reaction is quenched with 375 ml of 25% concentrated hydrochloric acid in methanol; The reaction is partitioned between water and toluene. The organic phase is washed with water, filtered through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is crystallized from ether and hexane. The crystals are triturated with ether to give the desired (16c_-methyl) Michael addition product. This is stirred in 1500 ml of methanol and is treated with 5.0 ml of 25% sodium methoxide in methanol for 30 min. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is washed with sodium bicarbonate, filtered through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is crystallized from ether to give a 21-hydroxy steroid. 72.45 g of this material is dissolved in 145 g of pyridine and is treated with 86.94 g of tosyl chloride. Reaction temperature is 0° . After 15 min, the reaction is warmed to 20-25° . After 1 h, the reaction is cooled in an ice bath and 30 g of lactic acid is added to destroy excess tosyl chloride. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is washed with bicarbonate, filtered through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (1:1 ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a pale solid which is dissolved in 500 ml of acetone. Sodium iodide (40 g) is added and the mixture is stirred for 4.25 h. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic phase is washed with water, filtered ι through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatogra¬ phed (1:1 ethyl acetate-hexane) to give a single spot material which is crystallized from ether to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 0.67, 1.05, 1.4, .8-3, 2.75, 5.25, 5.55, 6.05, 6.20, 6.35 and 7.2 δ. PREPARATION S-23 llα-Hydroxy-21-Iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene- 3,20-dione A mixture of llα-hydroxy-16α-methylprogesterone (3.44 g) and DDQ (1.1 eq) in 250 ml of benzene is heated under reflux for about 20 hours. The organic layer is then washed (2 x 100 ml 1 N sodium hydroxide, 2 x 100 ml water and 1 x 100 ml saline) and the aqueous layers backwashed (2 x 100 ml ether) . The extracts are dried and concentrated to give a foam which is chromatographed on silica gel (300 g) , eluting with 8 1 of 10% acetone - methylene chloride and 20% acetone - methylene chloride. The appropriate fractions (200 ml) are pooled and concentrated to give the Δ ** -' -steroid. The Δ ** -' -steroid (1.7 g) in methanol (5 ml) and carbon tetrach- loride (10 ml) is mixed with 0.17 ml of 10% calcitim chloride in methanol and stirred for 0.25 hours. Calcium oxide (1.73 g) Is added, followed by slow addition (4 hours) of a suspension of 2.44 g of iodine in 3.9 ml of 10% calcium chloride in methanol. The mixture is stirred for an additional 0.5 hours, then is filtered through celite (wet with methanol) . The filtrate is concentrated to give a gum. Chromatography on silica gel (600 g) and elution with 8 1 of 10% and 4 1 of 20% acetone-methylene chloride gives the title compound as a foam which is crystallized from acetone-hexane, mp 153°. PREPARATION S-24 21'-Iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione A mixture of lδα-meth lprogesterςne (792 mg) , DDQ (575 mg) and benzene are heated at reflux for 28 hr, after 20 hr additional DDQ (70 mg) is added. After refluxing, the mixture is cooled to 20-25°, filtered followed by basic workup (ether - potassium carbonate - magnesium sulfate) to give 16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione. 16α-Methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione (2.26 g) , carbon tetrach- loride (15 ml), methanol (7.3 ml) and calcium chloride in methanol (10%, 0.24 ml) are combined and stirred for 15 min at 20-25°. Calcium oxide (2.50 g) is added and the mixture stirred an additional 5 min. A mixture of iodine (3.54 g) , calcium chloride (10%, 5.4 ml) and methanol (2.4 ml) is added dropwise over 1 hr to the steroid mixture. After an a t ona m n the mixture is diluted with methylene chloride (100 ml) , filtered through celite and con¬ centrated. The residue is partitioned between methylene chloride and water, the phases are separated, the organic phase is washed with soditim sulfite, dried over magnesium sulfate and then concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDC1 3 ) 0.7, 0.9, 1.2, 5.25, 5.35, 6.0, 6.2 and 7.0 δ. PREPARATION S-25 11a ,21-Dihydroxy-16/3-methyl-5α-pregn-9(ll)-ene- 3,20-dione [80163-64-0], see US Patent 4,336,200. PREPARATION S-26 21-Bromo-3α,17α-dihydroxy-5/9-pregnane-ll,20-dione [95044-38-5] PREPARATION S-28 ll^-Hydroxypregn-S-ene-21-al 3-ethylene glycol ketal Following the general procedure of PREPARATION S-29 and making non-critical variations but starting with 21-carboxy-lljS-hydroxypreg- na-5,17(20)-diene 3-ethylene glycol ketal 21-methyl ester, the title compound is obtained, MS* (electron impact) 374. 273 and 99; m.p. 162-166°. PREPARATION S-29 Pregna-5,9(11)-dien-21-al 3-ethylene glycol ketal 21-Carboxypregna-5,9(11) ,17(20)-triene 3-ethylene glycol ketal 21-methyl ester (4.0 g) in dry THF (60 ml) is added to a stirred suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (1.58 g) in anhydrous* ether (50 ml) cooled in an ice/water bath. After the addition is complete the cooling bath is removed and the mixture stirred at 20-25° for 18 hr. The mixture is cooled in an ice/water bath and sequentially treated dropwise with ethyl acetate (10 ml), water (1.6 ml), sodium hydroxide (15%, 1.6 ml) and water (4.8 ml). Additional ether (50 ml) is added. The mixture is filtered and the solids washed with ethyl acetate. The combined wash and filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to about 25 ml. This material is flash chromatogra¬ phed in silica gel (150 g) with hexane/ethyl acetate (1/1) as the eluent. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, m.p. 161-162°; MS (electron impact) 356 and 99. PREPARATION S-30 17α,21-Dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3 , 11, 20-trione 21-mesylate A mixture of cortisone (10 g) . pyridine (100 ml) and methanesul- fonyl chloride (3.2 g) is stirred at 20-25° for one hr. The bulk of the pyridine is removed under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in methylene chloride (300 ml) . The mixture is washed with cold hydrochloric acid (10%, 200 ml) and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound, NMR (CDC1 ) 0.74, 1.09, 1.18, 0.8-2.5, 2.99, 4.2 and 6.73 δ. PREPARATION S-31 21-Hydroxy-20-methylpregn-4-en-3-one 21-mesylate A solution of glacial acetic acid (40 ml) is treated with portions of sodium borohydride (0.83 g) below 20°. After the final portion is added, the mixture is stirred at 20° for 5 min. 3-0xo- bisnor-4-cholen-22-al (3.28 g) is added over a period of 5 min. The mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 2 h. Excess acetic acid is removed at 45° to leave a residue. The residue is diluted with a 50/50 mixture of water and 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide. This aqueous mixture is extracted with methylene chloride which is washed with 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide followed by water and saline, then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 21-hydroxy-20-methyl- pregn-4-en-3-one. A solution of methanesulfonyl chloride (0.37 ml) in methylene chloride (10 ml) is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of the 20- hydroxy steroid (1.44 g) and triethylamine (0.7 ml) in methylene chloride (40 ml) . The mixture is stirred for 30 min and then poured into ice cold dilute sodium bicarbonate. The layers are separated, the organic phase is washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound. PREPARATION S-32 Δ^Bisnoraldehyde A solution of bisnoraldehyde (15.5 g) in benzene (500 ml) and DDQ (17 g) is refluxed under nitrogen for 16 h. The mixture is cooled to 20-25° and the solids filtered using a celite pact funnel. The filtrate is concentrated to a foaming residue which is dissolved in chloroform and flash ,chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate-chloroform (30/70) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 0.79, 1.12, 1.23, .8-2.5, 6.0, 6.21, 7.05 and 9.56 S . PREPARATION S-33 21-Hydroxypregna-l,4,9(11) ,16-tetraene-3,20-dione 21-mesylate A mixture of 21-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(11) ,16-tetraene-3,20-dione (9 g) and triethylamine (3.35 g) in methylene chloride (200 ml) at 0° under nitrogen is treated dropwise with a mixture of methanesulfonyl chloride (3.5 g) in methylene chloride (50 ml) over a period of 30 min. The mixture is stirred in ice for 1-1.2 h and then allowed to warm to 20-25° over 2 h. Additional methanesulfonyl chloride (1,75 g) and triethylamine (2.3 ml) is added and the mixture stirred for 30 min at 20-25°. The mixture is stored at less than 0° overnight. The mixture is washed with cold dilute sodium bicarbonate, water, 2% hydrochloric acid, saline and dried over sodium sulfate and con- centrated to give the title compound, NMR (CDCI3) 0.93, 1.43, 1.5- 2.75, 3.21, 5.10, 5.6, 6.05, 6.25, 6.8 and 7.20 δ. PREPARATION S-34 6α-Fluoro-17α,21-dihydroxy-16j3-methylpregna- 4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione 21-tosylate The 21-tosylate is prepared from the corresponding 21-hydroxy steroid (US Patent 4,088,537, Preparation 3) by the procedure of PREPARATION S-19. PREPARATION S-35 21-Iodo-16α,17α-dimethylρregna-l,4,9(11) -triene-- 3,20-dione A mixture of 21-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(11) ,l ' 6-tetraene-3,20-dione 21-acetate (150 g) and copper propionate (1.9 M in THF, 90 ml) is cooled in an ice acetone bath. Methyl magnesium chloride (1.96 M in THF, 240 ml) is added dropwise for 30 min. The reaction is monitored by TLC (ethyl acetate/hexane, 1/1). Additional Grignard reagent is added if needed. After 1 hr the reaction is quenched with methyl iodide (100 g) in THF (200 ml) . The reaction mixture is partioned between water and toluene. The phases separated, the organic phase is washed with water, filtered thru sodilum sulfate and con¬ centrated. The residue is crystallized from ether and hexane. The crystals are triturated with ether to give the Michael additon product with a 17α-methyl group. This material (144.3 g) is stirred in methanol (1500 ml) and Is treated with sodium methoxide (25%, 5 ml) for 30 min. The mixture is then partitioned between methylene chloride and sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is separated, washed with sodium bicarbonate, filtered thru sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is crystallized from ether. This material is dissolved in pyridine (145 G) and treated with tosyl chloride (86.94 g) . The reaction tempera¬ ture is 0°. After 15 min, the reaction is warmed to 20-25°. After 1 hr the reaction mixture is cooled in an ice bath and lactic acid (30 g) is added. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is washed with bicarbonate, filtered thru sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on a silica gel column, elution with ethyl acetate/hexane (1/1) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to a solid, which is dissolved in acetone (500 ml) . Sodium iodide (40 g) is added and the mixture stirred for 4.25 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic phase is washed with water, filtered thru sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (1/1) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give one spot material which is crystallized from ether to give the title compound. PREPARATION S-37 21-Bromo-3 ,17α-dihydroxy-19-norpregna-l,3,5(10)- trien-20-one 3-methylether See, JACS 80, 2226 (1958) for the 21-acetate. PREPARATION S-38 3/3-Hydroxy-21-lodo-16 -methylpregn-5-en-20-one See, Helv Chim Acta 42, 2043 (1959) and Rev Romaine Chim 9, 147 (1964). PREPARATION S-39 3α-Hydroxy-21-iodo-16α-methyl-5α-pregnan-20-one A mixture of 3α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-5α-pregnan-20-one (21 g) methanol (80 ml), carbon tetrachloride (40 ml), THF (120 ml), calcium oxide (25 g) and calcium chloride in methanol (10%, 3 ml) is stirred at 25-30°. A solution of iodine (20 g) in calcium chloride (10%, 70 ml) is added to the steroid mixture over 1 hr. The mixture is stirred an additional' 2 hr at 30° , filtered through a pad of filter aid, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to an oil. The oil is dissolved in methylene chloride and flash chromatographed over silica gel (100 g) eluting with methylene chloride/ethyl acetate (4/1) . The appropriate fractions are pooled, concentrated and the residue triturated with ether to give the title compound. PREPARATION S-40 3 / 9-Hydroxy-21-iodo-16α-methyl-5α-pregnan-20-one Following the general procedure of PREPARATION S-39 and making non-critical variations but starting with the 33-hydroxy isomer, the title compound is obtained. PREPARATION S-41 21-Hydroxy-16 -methylpregna-l,4,6,9(11) -tetraene- 3,20-dione i Following the general procedure of Campbell and Babcock, JACS 81, 4069 (1959), a mixture of 21-hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-4,9(11)- diene-3,20-dione (21.05 g) and chloranil (15.0 g) in t-butanol (800 ml) is refluxed for 2 hr under nitrogen. The mixture is cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure at 35°. The residue is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and chromatographed over neutral alumina (32-63 μm, 100 g) eluting with methylene chloride. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate/hexane (4/1) and washed repeatedly with aqueous sodium hydroxide (5%), then with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to a solid. The solid is crystallized from acetone-hexane to give the Δ '"-steroid, mp 125°. The Δ 4 ' 6 -steroid (3.81 g) and DDQ (2.84 g) in benzene is refluxed for 17 hr in a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture is cooled, filtered and the precipitate is washed with methylene chloride. The combined filtrates are concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate/hexane (4/1) and washed repeatedly with aqueous sodium hydroxide (5%), then with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the Δ ** *-steroid. The Δi-steroid (1.93 g) in methanol (20 ml) at 20-25° in a nitrogen atmosphere is treated with a sodium methoxide In methanol solution (25%, 0.75 ml) for 10 min. The reaction is then diluted with Ice-cold water (60 ml) and extrected with methylene chloride. Saline is added to the aqueous phase and again extracted with methylene chloride. The combine methylene chloride extracts are washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduce pressure to give the title compound. PREPARATION S-42 16c_-Methyl-17/3-(1-oxo- [4-mesyloxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(ll)-dien-3-one Step (A) 16o.-Methylandrosta-4,9(11) -dien-3-one 17/3-carboxylate Periodic acid (14.73 g) is dissolved in water (162 ml) and is then slowly added to a stirred solution of 21-hydroxy-lδα-methyl- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (10.34 g) in methanol (675 ml) at 26- 28°. The reaction mixture is stirred for an additional hour at 20- 25° and then concentrated under reduced pressure with concurrent addition of water (1675 ml). The mixture is cooled and filtered to give 9.94 g of 16α-methylandrosta-4,9(Il)-dien-3-one 17/3-carboxylate. Step (B) 16α-Methylandrosta-4,9(11)-dien-3-one 173-carboxylate methyl ester Methyl iodide (7.9 ml) is added to a solution of 16α-__ethyl- androsta-4,9(ll)-dien-3-one 17/3-carboxylate (7.9 g) and diisopropyl- ethylamine (17.5 ml) in acetonitrile (175 ml). The mixture is allowed to stand at 20-25° for 2 hr and then a second addition of amine (9 ml) and iodide (4 ml) is made. The mixture is allowed to stand overnight at 20-25° and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned (water and methylene chloride) and the extract is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (750 g) . Elution is performed with acetone/methylene chloride (2- • 5%/98-95%) . The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, m.p. 127.5° (acetone-hexane) Step (C) 16α-Methylandrosta-5,9(ll)-dien-3-one 17/3-carbomethoxy 3-ethylene ketal A mixture of 1.47 g of the methyl ester, step (B) , ethylene glycol (2.9 ml) and p-TSA hydrate (29 mg) in benzene (60 ml) is heated under reflux (water separator) for 4.5 hr. The mixture is then cooled and washed with aqueous bicarbonate, water and saline. The dried extracts are concentrated and the residue is chromatograp¬ hed on silica gel. Elution is performed with acetone/methylene chloride (1/99, containing 0.1 % triethylamine). The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the 3-ketal. Step (D) 16α-Methyl-17/3-(i-oxo-[4-tetrahydropyranyloxy]butyl)- androsta-5,9(ll)-dien-3-one 3-ethylene ketal A mixture of 3.86 g of the 3-ketal, Step (C) , in THF (75 ml) is stirred at -78° and organolithium reagent (1.25 M, 10 ml) [prepared from adding a solution of 2-(3-chloropropoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (11.6 g) in ether (100 ml) slowly (3.5 hr) to lithium (11 g, 0.6 % sodium) in ether (150 ml) at -10°] is added. The mixture is allowed to warm slowly to 25° , is stirred overnight and then poured into ice * and aqueous ammonium chloride. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated, to give 16α-methyl-17/3-(1-oxo-[4-tetrahydro- '' pyranyloxy]butyl)-androsta-5,9(11)-dien-3-one 3-ethylene ketal. Step (E) 16 -Methyl-17 / 9-(l-oxo- [4-hydroxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(ll)-dien-3-one 16α-Methyl-17 / 3-(1-oxo- [4-tetrahydropyranyloxy]butyl) -androsta- 5,9(ll)-dien-3-one 3-ethylene ketal, step (D) , is dissolved in acetone (90 ml) and hydrochloric acid (1 N, 10 ml) and allowed to stand at 20-25° for several hours. Following addition of potassium bicarbonate (I N, 25 ml), the mixture is concentrated and extracted with ethyl acetate. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with acetone/methylene chloride. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concetrated to give 16α-methyl-17^-(l-oxo- [4-hydroxy] - butyl)androsta-4,9(ll)-dIen-3-one. Step (F) 16α-Methyl-17/3-(l-oxo- [4-mesyloxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(ll)-dien-3-one A solution of 16α-methyl-173-(1-oxo- [4-hydroxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(11)-dien-3-one (5.0 g) in pyridine (38 ml) is cooled to -5° and methanesulfonyl chloride (1.7.ml) is added slowly. After two hr at -5° the reaction mixture is poured onto ice and hydrochloric acid (12 N) . The mixture is extracted with chloroform and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with acetone/- methylene chloride, the appropriate fractions are pooled and con¬ centrated to give 16α-methyl-17;S-(l-oxo- [4-mesyloxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(11)-dien-3-one. EXAMPLE 0. 2,4-Bis[diethylamino] -6-piperazinopyrimidine and 2-diethylamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine A solution of 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine (34.0 g) in methylene chloride (400 ml) is stirred at 0° . To this solution is added dropwise a mixture of diethylamine (73 g) and triethylamine (50 g) . The mixture is warmed to 20-25° and is then refluxed for 1 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatogr¬ aphed on silica gel (400 g) eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexane to give the faster moving 2,4-bis(diethylamino)-6-chloropyrimidine and the slower moving 2-diethylamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidlne. The dlchloro product is converted to the bis(diethylamino)-6-chloro pyrimidine by warming in pyridine with diethylamine. A solution of the 2,4- [bis(diethylamino) ] -6-chloropyrimidine (32.25 g) and piperazine (65 g) in pyridine (250 ml) is refluxed for 24 hr and then heated in a Parr bomb at 170° for 20 hr. The mixture is partitioned between ether and aqueous potassium carbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is washed with saline, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 4% methanol/ et- hylene chloride) to give 2,4- [bis-diethylamino] -6-piperazino- pyrimidine, NMR (CDCl 3 ) 1.0-1.3; 2.75-3.0, 3.25-3.65 and 4.95 S . EXAMPLE 1 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (I) 17α-Hydroxy-21-iodopregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (4.53 g) is stirred in acetonitrile (50 ml) with 1-(2-pyridinyl)piperazine (1.63 g) and potassium carbonate (1.34 g) at 60° for 5 hr and at 20-25° for 17 hr. The reaction is partitioned between ether and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic phase is washed with saline, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel with methanol/methylene chloride (4/96) to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 2 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione methanesulfonate 17 -Hydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)- diene-3,20-dione (Example 1) is dissolved In methanol and * treated with methane sulfonic acid (0.224 g) . The solution is concentrated and the residue is crystallized from hot methanol and ethyl acetate to give a first crop of the title compound. A second crop of the mesylate is isolated. EXAMPLE 3 17c_-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione hydrogen chloride salt (I) 21-Bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (26.0 g) is stirred in acetonitrile (800 ml) with 1-(2-pyridinyl)piperazine (13 g) and potassium carbonate (9 g) . The reaction is stirred at 20- 25°. After 20 hr, another 4 g of the amine is added. After 5 hr, the reaction is concentrated and the residue partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (methyl- - ene chloride to 2% methanol/methylene chloride) to give a product which is crystallized from hot ethyl acetate to a solid. The solid' is dissolved In ethyl acetate and methanol and treated with excess hydrochloric acid/ether. The crystals are filtered and then tritura¬ ted with hot ethyl acetate to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 4 21- [4-[2-Amino-6-(diethylamino)- -pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20- dione (I) 2-Amino-4-diethylamino-6-chloropyrimidine (1.55 g) and dry piperazine (3.5 g) are heated at 100° In ethylene glycol (20 ml) for 4 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (ethyl acetate to 1% methanol/ethyl acetate to 20% methanol/1% ammonia/ethyl acetate) to yield 1.29 g of the pure amine product. This material is stirred at reflux in acetonitrile (60 ml) with 21-bromo-17ct-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene- 3,20-dione and potassium carbonate (0.8 g) for 7 hr then at 20-25° overnight. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methanol in methylene chloride (4/96) to give an oil with an NMR consistent with the desired product. The product is dissolved in ethyl acetate and treated with methane sulfonic acid (325 mg) . The solid which results is * triturated with ether to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 5 17α-Hydroxy-21-[4-hydroxy-4-(4-trifluoromethyl)- phenyl-1-piperidinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (I) 4-Hydroxy-4-( [4-trifluoromethyl]phenyl)piperidine (6.81 g) is stirred at reflux In acetonitrile (200 ml) with 21-bromo-17o_-hydroxy- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (11.39 g) and with potassium car¬ bonate (3.83 g) for 8 hr. The reaction is concentrated, 'the mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicar- bonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methanol/methylene chloride (2/98) to give the title compound which is crystallized from hot ethyl acetate. EXAMPLE 6 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-furanylcarbonyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4, (11) -diene-3,20-dione (I) STEP A 17 -Hydroxy-21-(l-piperazinyl)pregna-4,9(ll)-diene- 3,20-dione A mixture of 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11) -diene-3,20-dione (40.0 g) piperazine (16.80 g) and potassium carbonate (13.2 g) are heated at 70° in acetonitrile (800 ml) for 2.5 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicar¬ bonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate to give 17α-hydroxy-21-(l-piperazinyl)pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione. STEP B 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-furonylcarbonyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(11) -diene-3,20-dione (I) 17α-Hydroxy-21-(l-plperazinyl)pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (Example 6A, 3.91 g) triethylamine (1.5 g) in dry tetrahydrofuran (120 ml) is reacted at 0° with 2-furoyl chloride (1.24 g) . After the addition, the reaction is stirred under nitrogen for 2 days at 20- 25° . The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methanol/methylene chloride (3/97) to give the title compound which is recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate. EXAMPLE 7 17α-Hydroxy-21-(4-(benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-1-piperazinyl)- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (I) 2-ChlorobenzQthiazole (5.00 g) , is heated in alcohol (75 ml) with 3.05 g piperazine (3.05 g) for 20 hr. The mixture is parti¬ tioned between methylene chloride/ether and aqueous sodium bicar¬ bonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-piperazinobenzothiazole which is reacted at 70° in acetonitrile (200 ml) with 21-bromo-17c-- hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (7.45 g) and potassium carbonate (2.44 g) for 6 hr and at 20-25° for 3 days. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicar- bonate, the phases are separated, the organic phase Is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with methanol/methylene chloride (6/94) to give the title compound which is recrystallized from ethyl acetate. EXAMPLE 8 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyrimidinyl) -l-piperazinyl]preg- na-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (I) A mixture of 2-chloropyrimidine (10.0 g) and piperazine (16 g) in alcohol (120 ml) is stirred for 21 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-pyrimidinyl piperazine. The 2-pyrimidinyl piperazine (4.64 g) is stirred at -70° in acetonitrile (200 ml) with 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (11.52 g) and potassium carbonate (3.75 g) for 1.5 hr and at 20-25° for 2 days. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 4 to 6% methanol/methylene chloride. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound which is crystallized from ethyl acetate. EXAMPLE 9 17 -Hydroxy-21-[4-(2-carboxybenzoyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (I) also known as 2- [ [4-(17-hydroxy-3,20-dioxopregna-4,9(ll)-dien-21-- yl)-1-piperazinyl] -carbonyl] -benzole acid . 17α-Hydroxy-21-(l-piperazinyl)pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (Example 6A, 5.11 g) and phthalic anhydride (1.84 g) are stirred in acetonitrile (100 ml) and methylene chloride (100 ml) for 4 hr. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate and ether to give the product which Is chromatographed on silica gel (4% methanol/methylene chloride to 8%/l% acetic acid/- methylene chloride) to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 10 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4- [ [ (3-chlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4, (11)-diene-3,20-dione (I) 17α-Hydrox -21-(l-piperazinyl)pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (EXAMPLE 6A, 5.00g) Is treated In DMF (20 ml) with m-chlorophenyllso- cyanate (1.84 g) for 3 days. The mixture is poured into water (200 ml). After 1 hr, the liquid is decanted. The solid is dissolved in methylene chloride and is extracted with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel (3% methanol in methylene chloride to 4%) to give the title compound which is crystallized from hot ethyl acetate. EXAMPLE 11 ' 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (I) A mixture of 2-chloro-6-methoxypyridine (20 g) and piperazine (32.9 g) with potassium carbonate (20.1 g) in water (50 ml) is stirred at 100° for 24 hr. The mixture is partitioned between I - 72 - methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is dissolved in ether. The organic phase is extracted with hydrochloric acid (10%). The aqueous phase is washed with ether, neutralized with sodium hydroxide (10%) and ■ extracted with methylene chloride. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-piperazino-- 6-methoxypyridine. This material is stirred in acetonitrile (100 ml) with 21-bromo-17c--hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (3.01 g) and potassium carbonate (1.3 g) at 20-25° for 16 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicar¬ bonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed over silica gel (2% methanol in methylene chloride to 4%) to give the free base of the title compound which is 92% pure by HPLC. This material is dissolved in ethyl acetate and treated with methane sulfonic acid (0.606 g) . The salt is filtered and recrystallized from methanol and ethyl acetate to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 12 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(dimethylamino)-4-pyrimidin- • yl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4, 9(11) -diene-3 , 20-dione hydrochloride salt (I) A solution of dimethylamine (16.6 g) in water (66.4 ml), triethylamine (20 g) , and 1,3,5-trichloropyrimidine (8.30 g) in alcohol (100 ml) is stirred at 20-25° for 2 hr. The mixture is stored at 0° overnight. Another 2 g of dimethyl amine solution (25%) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 2 hrs j more. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed over silica gel with ethyl acetate/hexane (10/90) to give 2,4-bis[dimethylamino] -6-chloropyrimidine. This bis adduct is heated with piperazine (2.60 g) in alcohol (100 ml) for 1 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is crystallized from ether and hexane to give the desired C χ substituent. This material (3.00 g) is stirred in acetonitrile (250 ml) with 21-bromo- 17c--hydroxypregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (5.97 g) and potassium -73 - carbonate (1.98 g) for 20 hr. The mixture Is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed over silica gel 5 (methylene chloride to 4% methanol/methylene chloride) to give the corresponding free amine base of the title compound. This compound is dissolved in ethyl acetate and treated with excess hydrogen chloride/ether. The product Is filtered, washed with ether and triturated with hot ethyl acetate to give the title compound. 10 EXAMPLE 13 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4-(3,6-dimethylpyrazlnyl) -1-pipera- zlnyl]pregna-4,9(11)-dieηe-3,20-dione monomethane¬ sulfonate hydrate (I) A solution of 3-chloro-2,5-dimethylpyrazine (5.00 g) , 1-benzyl- piperazine (6.20 g) and triethylamine (3.5 g) in ethylene glycol (25 15 ml) Is heated at 100° for 10 hr. Another 3 g of the benzylpiperazine is added and the mixture is stirred at 100° for another 20 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatogr- 20 aphed on silica gel (10% to 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give the free base of the 21-amino substituent. This material is dissolved in ethanol (100 ml) and methanol (2 ml) which is saturated with hydrogen chloride gas. This mixture is hydrogenated for 17 hr over palladium on carbon (10%, 900 mg) at 50 psi. The mixture is filtered through 25 celite, and the solids are washed with methanol. The organic phase is concentrated to give the 21-amino substituent. This material is reacted in dry acetonitrile (200 ml) with 21-bromo-17_--hydroxypregna- 4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (3.60 g) and potassium carbonate (1.18 g) at 60° for 23 hr. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene 30 chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel (2% methanol in methylene chloride) to give the free base of the desired product. This compound is converted to the mono methane sulfonic acid salt 35 with methanesulfonic acid (0.56 g) in alcohol. The salt is crystall¬ ized from methanol/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 14 21 - {4- [2- (Diethylamino) -6-(l-pyrrolidin- yl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17 -hydroxypregna- -7*4- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate (I) A solution of 2-diethylamino-4-piperazino-6-chloro-pyrimidine (4.10 g) In pyrrolidine (4.10 g) is heated for 12 hr at 100°, then concentrated. The concentrate is partitioned between aqueous sodium bicarbonate and methylene chloride. The phases are separated, the organic phase is dried and concentrated to give 2-diethylamino- 4-piperazino-6-pyrrolidino-pyrimidine. A solution of this amine (4.01 g) , 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (5.41 g) , and potassium carbonate (1.75 g) are stirred in acetonitrile (200 ml) for 19 hr. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 4% methanol/methylene chloride) to give the free base correspond- ing to the title compound. An ethyl acetate solution of this compound is converted to the hydrochloride salt with ether/hydrochlo¬ ric acid to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 15 17c--Hydroxy-21- [4- [2-(diethylamino)-6- (4-methyl-l- piperazinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione hydrochloride hydrate (I) A solution of 2-diethylamino-4- [4-methylpiρerazino] - -6-piperazinopyrimidine (prepared from 2-diethylamino-- 4,6-dichloropyrimidine of EXAMPLE 0, 4.14 g) , 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypr- egna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (4.85 g) and potassium carbonate (1.58 g) in acetonitrile (200 ml) is stirred at 20-25° for 24 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 2% methanol/methylene chloride) to give the free base of the title compound which is converted to the hydrochloride salt. EXAMPLE 16 17c--Hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene- 3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate (I) A solution of 2,4-bis[diethylamino] -6-ρiperazinopyrimidine (EXAMPLE 0, 6.47 g) , 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20- dione (11.48 g) and potassium carbonate (3.75 g) in acetonitrile (500 ml) is stirred at 20-25° for 24 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 4% methanol/methylene chloride) to give the free base corresponding to the title compound which is converted to the hydrochloride salt. EXAMPLE 17 17c-Hydroxy-21- [4- [2- (diethylamino)-6-(1-piperidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene- 3,20-dione hydrochloride hydrate (I) A solution of 2-diethylamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (EXAMPLE 0, 4.00 g) in piperidine (6.00 g) is heated at 80° for 20 min. The mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 15 hr and then partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium/'bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The NMR is. consistent with the mono-piperidine adduct. The residue and piperazine (8 g) are refluxed in pyridine (100 ml) for 6 hr. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous potassium carbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 6% methanol-1% ammonium hydroxide-methylene chloride) to give 2-diethylamino-4-piperidino-6-piperazinopyrimidine. This amine (2.04 g) is treated with 21-bromo-17α-hydroxypregna- 4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione (2.5 g) and potassium carbonate (.87 g) in acetonitrile (150 ml) at 20-25° for 67 hr. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicar- bonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (50/50 ethyl acetate-hexane to 82/20) to give the free base corresponding to the product. This compound is dissolved in ethyl acetate and converted to the hydrochloride salt which is triturated with ether and dried to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 18 21- [4- [2,6-Bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperaz- inyl] -17 -hydroxy-16α-meth lpregna-l,4,9(11)-triene-- 3,20-dione hydrochloride hydrate (I) 17α-Hydroxy-21-iodo-16α-meth lpregna-l,4,9(ll) -triene-3,20-dione (2.60 g) is reacted with 2,4- [bis-diethylamino] -6-piperazinopyrimid¬ ine (1.39 g) and potassium carbonate (0.75 g) in acetonitrile (50 ml) at 20-25° for 42 hr. The reaction mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous potassium carbonate. The phases are I separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 2% methanol) to give the free base corresponding to the product. This compound is converted to the hydrochloride salt by use of ethyl acetate/etherhydrochloric acid. EXAMPLE 19 17α-Hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)- 4-pyrImidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione methanesulfonate hydrate (I) Trichloropyrimidine is added in portions to an ice cooled solution of N-methylpiperazine (40 g) in alcohol (200 ml) . The mixture is then heated at 60° for 2 hr. The mixture Is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel with 2 to 5% methanol in methylene chloride to give 2,4-bis- [4-methylpiperazino]-6-chloropyrimidine. This material is heated at 130° in water (30 ml) with piperazine (32 g) in a Parr bomb for 20 hr. The product is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium carbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2,4-bis[l(4-methylpiρerazino)]-6-ρiperazinopyr- imidine. This tria ine is stirred in acetonitrile (200 ml) with 21- bromo-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (7.18 g) and potassium carbonate (2 g) for 20 hr. The mixture is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The phases are separated and the organic phase is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 5% methanol and .5% ammonium hydroxide/methylene chloride) to give the free base corresponding to the title compound. The free base is dissolved in ethyl acetate and treated with methane sulfonic acid (2.22 g) . The product is triturated with ether to give the title compound, bubbled at 110° without obvious decomp. Following the general procedure of EXAMPLES 1-6A, 7, 8, 11-19, 83 and 126 and making non-critical variations but starting with (a) the corresponding Cχ 7 -terminally substituted halo (chlorine, bromine or iodine) , methanesulfonate (mesylate) or toluenesulfonate (tosylate) steroid of the desired amino substituted steroid (XI) and (b) the corresponding free amine of the amino substituent of the desired amino substituted steroid (XI) , the amino substituted steroids (XI) of EXAMPLES 20-27, 29, 30, 33-55, 58-101, 105, 109-111 and 113-132. are obtained. Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 31 (11-esters) and making non-critical variations, the amino substituted steroids (XI) of EXAMPLES 28 and 32 are obtained. Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 103 (where n - 0) and making non-critical variations but starting with (a) the correspond¬ ing 17-acid of the desired amino substituted steroid (XI) and (b) the corresponding free amine of the amino substituent at C20 of the desired amino substituted steroid (XI) , the amino substituted steroids (XI) of EXAMPLES 56 and 57 are obtained. Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 104 (Z is not -0) and making non-critical variations but starting with (a) the correspond¬ ing 21-aldehyde or equivalent thereof of the desired amino sub¬ stituted steroid (XI) , and (b) the corresponding free amine of the amino substituent of the desired amino substituted steroid (XI) , the amino substituted steroids (XI) of EXAMPLES 106-108 and 112 are obtained ' : . ■ Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 20 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinylpre gn-4-ene-3,ll,20-trione-• 21 ll / 3,17α-dihydroxy-6α-methyl-21-[4-(2-pyridin- yl)-1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione 22 17ct-hydroxy-21- [4- (6-methoxy-2-pyridinyl) -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dlone monomethanesulfonate 23 ll_*-,17o--dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-pipera- zinyl]-pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 24 17α-hydroxy-21- [methyl[2-(methyl-2-pyridinyl- amino)ethyl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 25 11 / 9,17c--dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-pipera- zinyl]-pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochl¬ oride 26 11 / 3,17α-dihydroxy-21-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 27 ll/3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride EXAMPLE 28 llα,17α-Dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]- pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 11-(3,3-dimethyl-l-butyrate dihydrochloride Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 31 and making non- critical variations and starting with the steroid of EXAMPLE 23 1 but using the appropriate acid chloride the title compound is obtained. Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 29 21-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l-piperazinyl]-llα,17α- dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 30 llα,17α-dihydroxy-21-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l- piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride EXAMPLE 31 ll ,17α-Dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazin- yl]pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 11-(2-furanylcarbonyl) dihydrochloride llα,17α-Dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4- ene-3,20-dione (EXAMPLE 23, 312 mg) and triethylamine (0.144 ml) are added to a mixture of dimethylamlnopyridine (126 mg) , furoyl chloride (0.7 ml) and -chloroform (3.0 ml). The mixture is stirred for s ' ix days at 20-25°. Basic workup (chloroform - 5% sodium hydroxide, potassium carbonate) and purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with chloroform/methanol (15/1) , pooling and concentrating the appropriate fractions gives the title compound. EXAMPLE 32 llα,17α-dihydroxy-21-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-piperazin- yl]pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 11-(3,3-dimethyl-1-butyrate) dihydrochloride Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 31 and making non-critical variations but starting with the steroid of EXAMPLE 30 and using the acid chloride of EXAMPLE 28 the title compound is obtained. Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 33 . ll / 9,17ct-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl) -1-piperazin- yl] -6α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochlor¬ ide 34 ll/3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)eth yl] -amino] -6α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione hydrochloride 35 17α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -1-piper azinyl]pregna-1,4, <11)-triene-3,20-dione 36 llα-hydroxy-21- [4-(pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn- 4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 37 17 -hydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] - [3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)methyl] amino]pregna-4, 9 (11)diene- * 3,20-dione hydrochloride 38 17α-hydroxy-21-[[2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-l- methyleth- yl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dionehydrochloride 39 21- [1-(2-carboxy)piperidinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione 40 21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20 dione dihydrochloride hydrate 41 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate 42 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- [3,4-dlmethoxyphenyl)methyl] -1- piperazinylpregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochl¬ oride hydrate 43 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -1-piperazinyl] - pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate 44 17α-hydroxy-16.-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -1-piperazi- nyl] -5α-pregn-9(ll) -ene-3,20-dlone dihydrochloride hydrate 45 21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,11,20- -trione hydrochloride hydrate 46 17α-hydroxy-6α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazi- nyl] regna-1,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione (E) -2-butenod- ioate salt 47 17α-hydroxy-6α-methyl-21[4-2,6-dl-l-pyrrolidinyl-4- pyrimidinyl-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione (E)-2-butenodioate salt 48 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[ (5-methyl) -4-phenyl-4H-l , 2 ,4- triazol-3-yl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna- 4 , 9 (11) - diene - 3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate 49 21- [4- (2 -pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(ll) triene -3, 20 -dione hydrochloride hydrate 50 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -llα, 17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3 , 20- dione hydrochloride 51 17α-hydroxy-21-[[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] -4- (dimeth lamino)phenyl]meth l]amino]pregna-4,9(11)- 3,20-dione hydrochloride 52 21- [4- [2-amlno-5-(l-pyrrolidinyl)phenyl] -1-piperazin- yl] - -17 -hydroxypregna-4, 9 (11) -diene-3 ,20-dione 5 hydrochloride 53 21-[4-[2, 6-bis (diethylamino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione 54 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinylmethyl) -1 -piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(ll) -dIene-3 ,20-dione (E) -2-butenedioate 1:1 10 salt 55 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [ [4-(diemthyla ino)phenyl]meth¬ yl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4 ,9(11) -diene-3 , 20-dione (E)-2-butenedioate 1:1 salt 56 173-carboxy-17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one 4-(2- 15 pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl amide 57 17 / 3-carboxy-17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one l-[2,6- bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] amide 58 21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11) ,16- triene-3,20-dione hydrochloride with trichloromethane 20 hydrate (4:8:3:4) 59 17 -hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -1-piperazinyl] - pregna-l,4-diene-3,11,20-trione hydrochloride hydrate (2:1:3) 60 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [4,6-bis(2-propenylamino) -1,3,5- 25 triazin-2-yl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4 , 9 (11) -diene- 3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate / 61 17α-hydroxy-21-[4[(3-hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl] -1- piperazinylpregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (E) -2- butenedioate (1:1) salt 30 62 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[6-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-2-pyridinyl]-l- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione (E)-2- butenedioate (1:1) salt 63 21- [4- [2,6-bis(die hylamino)- -pyrimidinyl] -1-piperaz¬ inyl] -17α-hydroxy-6α-methylpregna-l,4,9(11)-triene- 35 3,20-dione (E)-2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 64 17 -hydrox -21- [4- [2,6-di- (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidi- nyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna -4 , 9 (11) -diene- 3 , 20 -dione (E)-2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 65 21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) - 1-piperazinyl] regna- 1,4 -diene- 3,20-dione (E) -2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 66 llα,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4- (2-pyrIdinyl) -1-piperazin yl] -pregna- 1,4- diene -3 ,20 -dione (E) -2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 67 17α-hydroxy-21- [ [ (3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)meth l] [2- (3, 4- dimethoxyphenyl) ethyl] amino ]pregna-4, 9 (11) -diene- 3,20-dione (E) -2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 68 21- [4- [3- amino -6- (diethylamino) -2 -pyridinyl] -1- p iperaz inyl ] - 17 -hydroxypregna-4, 9(11) -diene 3,20- dione dihydrochloride 69 21-[4-[2, 6-bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl].- llα-hydroxypregn-4-ene-3 , 20 -dione dihydrochloride 70 21- [4- [2, 6-bis (diethylamino ) -4-pyrimidInyl] -1- p iperaz inyl] -llα,17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 72 21- [4- [4 , 6 -bis(2-propenylamino) -1,3, 5-triazin-2- yl] - 1 -piperazinyl ]pregn-4-ene- 3 ,11,20-trione dihydro¬ chloride 73 17α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2, 6-bis- (1-pyrrolidi nyl) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4, 9(11) - triene -3, 20 -dione (E) -2-butenedioate (1:1) salt 74 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-di- (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimid- inyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna- 1,4, 9(11) - triene- 3 , 20- dione dihydrochloride hydrate 75 21- [4- [2, 6 -bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperaz¬ inyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(ll) - triene- 3 , 20 -dione dihydrochloride hydrate 76 21-[4-[4,6-bis( diethylamino ) - 2 -pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] - 17α-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(ll) - triene - 3,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate 77 16α-methyl-21- [4- (2 -pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]preg- na-l,4,9(ll) -triene-3 ,20-dione 78 llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- ( 2 -pyridinyl) -1-plperaz - inyl]pregna-l,4-diene-3 , 20-dione 79 16α-methyl-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -1 -piperazinyl] preg¬ na- 1,4- diene -3 ,20 -dione 80 21- [4- [2, 6-bis (diethylamino) - -pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] - 16 -methylpregna-l , 4, 9(11) - triene - 3, 20 -dione 81 21- [4- [2, 6 -bis (diethylamino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1-piperaz- inyl] - llα-hydroxy-16 -me th lpregna- 1,4- diene -3,20- dione 82 21- [4- [2 , 6-bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -16α-meth lpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione EXAMPLE 83 16α-Methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] - 1-piperazinyl ]pregna-1,4, 9(11) -triene-3 , 20-dione dimethane-sulfonate A mixture of 4-(2,6-di-l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimidinyl) -1-plperaz- ine (PREPARATION A-22, 8.90 g) , 21-iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)- triene-3,20-dione (PREPARATION S-22, 12.79 g) and 3.90 g of dry potassium carbonate in 200 ml of acetonitrile is stirred at 60° for 4 hr. The mixture is partitioned between aqueous potassium carbonate and methylene chloride. The organic phase is filtered through sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (methylene chloride to 2% methanol/methylene chloride) to give a foam. This foam is crystallized from ethyl acetate, dissolved in ethyl. acetate and treated with 5.16 g of methane sulfonic acid. The salt is triturated with ethyl acetate to give the title compound. Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 84 llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(pyrrolidi- no)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene 3,20-dione 85 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimidi nyl]-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione 86 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino) -4-pyrimi- dinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11)-triene- 3-,20 dione 87 llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(mor- pholino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna- l,4-diene-3 , 20-dione 88 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2, δ-bis(morpholino) -4-pyrimidi- nyl] -1 -piperazinyl] pregna- 1,4 -diene -3 ,20 -dione 89 21-[4-[2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl] -16α-me th lpregna- 1,4, 9 (11) -triene- I 3, 20 -dione 90 21-[4-[2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl] -llα-hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-1,4- diene-3,20-dione 91 21-[4-[2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyϊ]-l- piperazinyl] -16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20- -dione 92 21-[(2-(diethylamino)ethyl)amino]-9α-fluoro- 11 / 9, 17α-dihydroxypregna-l ,4- diene -3 , 20 -dione trihydrochloride trihydrate 93 17α- hydroxy- 21- (4-m rpholinyl) -pregna-4 . , 9(11) - diene -3, 20 -dione (E) -2-butanedioate (1:1) salt 94 21-[4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl] -pregn-4-ene-3 ,11,20-trione di- hydrochloride 95' 21-[4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl] -pregna-4, 9(11) -diene-3 , 20-dione di¬ hydrochloride 96 21- [4- [ 6- (diethylamino) -3 - (dimethylamino) -2- pyridinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna- 4, 9 (11) -diene- 3 ,20 -dione dihydrochloride 97 21- [4- [2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl] -pregna-l,4-diene-3 ,20-dione di¬ hydrochloride 98 21- [4- [ 2 -pyridinyl) - 1 -piperazinyl] -pregna - 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 99 3α,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -1-piperazin- yl] -53-pregnane-ll,20-dione dihydrochloride hydrate 100 21-(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl) -17α-hydroxypregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione 101 17 -hydroxy- 21- (4-methyl-l-piperazinyl) -pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione EXAMPLE 102 2 ,4-Bis (dipyrrolidino) -6-piperazinopyrimidine Following the procedure of Example 0 and making non- critical variations but replacing the diethylamine with pyrrolidine 2, -bis - (dipyrrolidino) -6-piperazinoρyrimidine is obtained, NMR (CDCI3) 1.05-1.3, 2.75-3.0, 3.25-3.65 "and 4.95 δ. EXAMPLE 103 17α-Hydroxy-173-[[[(2-pyridinyl)methyl]amino]car¬ bonyl] -androst-4-en-3-one (I) 17α-Hydroxyl-17 / 8-carboxyandrost-4-en-3-one In dry methylene chloride is reacted with DCC and HOBT at 20-25° for 48 hr. (2-Pyri- dinyl)meth lamine is added and the mixture stirred at 20-25° for 8 hr. The mixture is washed with sodium bicarbonate, water and saline, dried and concentrated. The concentrate is flash chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate. The appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the title compound, high resolution mass spectroscopy 422.2585. EXAMPLE 104 21- [4- (2 , 6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-1-pipe- razinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-dien-3-one hydrochloride (I) A mixture of pregna-5,9(11)-dien-21-al 3-ethylene glycol ketal (PREPARATION S-29, 0.6 g) , 4-(2,6-di-l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)-1- piperazine (PREPARATION A-22, 0.5 g) and methanol (50 ml) are stirred at 20-25° for 1 hr. Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.12 g) is added to the mixture and the resulting mixture is stirred at 20-25° for 18 hr. The methanol .is removed under reduced pressure and the solids are washed twice with cold water and air dried. This material is triturated with ether to give a solid. This solid is stirred with acetone (20 ml) and hydrochloric acid (6 N, 2 ml) for 1 hr at 20-25° . The acetone Is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is distributed between chloroform (50 ml) and sodium hydrox- ide (10%, 50 ml). The phases are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted with chloroform (50 ml) . The organic phases are combined and dried over sodium sulfate and the organic solvent removed under reduced pressure to give an oil. The oil is flashed chromatographed on silica gel (100 g) eluting with chloroform/ ethyl acetate (3/2), the appropriate fractions are pooled and concentrated to give the free base of the title compound. The free base is reacted with ethereal hydrochloric acid, the solids are collected, triturated with ether twice and dried under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 105 21- [4- (2 , 6 -Bis (4-morpholinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl) -1- piperazInyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20- dione dihydrochloride, hydrate (I) Following the general procedure of EXAMPLES 1-6A, 7, 8, 9-11 and 83 and making non-critical variations but starting with the amine of PREPARATION A-23 and the steroid of PREPARATION S-l, the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 106 113-Hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinylpregn-4- en-3-one dihydrochloride (I) Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 104 and making non-critical variations but starting with the amine of PREPARATION A-6 and the steroid of PREPARATION S-28, the title compound is obtained. Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 107 21-[4-(2,6-Bis(l-py rolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l- piperazinyl]pregna-4-ene-3-one hydrochloride 108 20-Methyl-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pr- egn-4-en-3-one 109 16α-Methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-plperazinyl] pregna - 1,4, 9(11) -triene -3 , 20 dione -monomethanesulf onate monohydrate 110 21- [4- (2 , 6-Bis (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl) -1- piperazinyl] -lα-cyanopregna-4, 9(11) -dien-3-one- trihydrochloride , hydrate 111 21- [4- (2 , δ-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidInyl) -1- p iperaz inyl]pregna-l ,4 , 9 (11) -triene -3 ,20 -dione dihydrochloride 112 21-[4-(2,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l- p iperaz inyl ] - 20 -methylpregna-1 ,4-dien-3-one methanesulf onate , hydrate 113 . 21-[4-(2,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l- piperazinyl]pregna-1 ,4 , 9 (11) , 16-tetraene-3,20- dione methanesulfonate, hydrate 114 21-[4-(4,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-l,3,.5-triazin-2- yl) -1-piperazinyl] -lδα--methylpregna-1,4,9(11) - triene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 115 21- [4- [2- [4- [2,6-Bis(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidin yl] -1-piperazinyl] -ethyl] -1-piρerazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-4, (11) -diene-3,20-dione hydrochlo¬ ride 116 21- [4- [2,6-Bis(4-morpholino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] pregna- 1 ,4 -diene - 3 , 20 -dione dihydro¬ chloride 117 21- [4- [2 , 6-Bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- p iperaz inyl ] - 6α-fluoro-17 -hydroxy- 16 / 9 -methyl - pregna-4, 9 (ll) -diene-3 , 20-dione dihydrochloride 118 6α-Fluoro -17α-hydroxy-16 / 3-methyl-21- [4- [ 2 , 6- bis ( l-pyrrolidinyl) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1-piρeraziny- 1] -pregna- 4 , (11) -diene -3 , 20 -dione dihydrochlor¬ ide 119 6α-Fluoro-17α-hydroxy-16/9-methyl-21- [4- (2-pyr- idi yl ) - 1 - p ip eraz inyl ] pregna -4 , 9 ( 11) - diene - 3 , 20- dione dihydrochloride 120 21- [4- [4,6-Bis-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride 121 16α-Methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimiinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene-3,20- dione dihydrochloride 122 21- [4- [3,6-Bis-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -16α-meth lpregna-1,4,9(11) -triene- 3,20-dione hydrochloride 123 21-[4-(2,6-Bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l- piperazinyl] -16α,17α-dimethylpregna-1,4,9(11) - triene-3,20-dione hydrochloride 124 21- [4- [3,6-Bis(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -16α,17α-dimethylpregna-1,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione hydrochloride 125 3,17α-Dihydroxy-21-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyri idinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -19-norpregna-l,3,5- (10)-trien-20-one 3-methyl ether (E) -2-butenedio- ate 1:1 salt EXAMPLE 126 3/3-Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one 3 / 9-Hydroxy-21-iodo-16α-methylpregn-5-en-20-one (10 g) is added all at once to 4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine (16 g) in DMF (400 ml) at 65° and then concentrated to 50 ml under reduced pressure. The concentrate is added to sodium dihydrogen phosphate (0.3 M, 400 ml) and ethyl acetate (500 ml). The pH is adjusted to 4.5 with 0.3 M phosphoric acid. The ethyl acetate layer is separated and extracted with sodium dihydrogen phosphate (0.3 M, 2 x 200 ml) . The ethyl acetate extract is then washed with phosphoric acid (0.3 M, 400 ml). The acid extract is stirred and the ph is adjusted to 3.5 with sodium hydroxide (10%). The resulting per- cipitate is filtered, washed with water (200 ml) and dried to give the title compound. Example Amino Substituted Steroid Product (XI) 127 21- [4- [6- (Ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] - 16α-meth lpregna-l,4, 9(11) -triene-3 , 20-dione hydrochloride 128 21- [4- [6-(Diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] - 16α-methylpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione hydrochloride 129 3,17α-Dihydroxy-21-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -19-norpregna-l,3,5- (10)-trien-20-one (E)-2-butenedioate 1:1 salt 130 3^-Hydroxy-16α-me hyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyr- rolidinyl) -4-ρyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α- pregnan-20-one 131 3 -Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyr- rolidinyl)-4-pyrimidInyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α- pregnan-20-one 132 16α-Methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,6,9(11)- tetraene-3,20-dione EXAMPLE 133 3/9-Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis- (1-pyrrolidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-Phosphate A mixture of 3 -hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l- pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one (1.7 g) in acetone (15 ml) is added dropwise to a mixture of phosphorus oxychloride (1.6 g) in pyridine (15 ml) and acetone (20 ml) is stirred at - 5° . The resulting mixture is stirred at 0° for 1 hr the added to acetone/water (66 %, 150 ml) at - 10°. The mixture is stirred 15 min at 5 - 10° and then concentrated under reduced pressure to 60 ml. The resulting solid is filtered, washed with water (50 ml) and dried. The dried product is dissolved in methylene chloride/ethanol (4/1, 50 ml), additional ethanol (50 ml) is added and the mixture concentrated to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 134 33-Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-Phosphate dipotassium salt 3/9-Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidlnyl]-1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-phosphate (EXAMPLE 133) is disolved in methylene chloride/ethanol (4/1, 50 ml) and potassium hydroxide (1 N, 4.6 ml) is added. The mixture is con- centratedto 50 ml under reduced pressure and the resulting solid filtered, washed with ethanol (25 ml) and dried to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 135 3/3-Hydroxy-16 -methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one 3- Phosphate Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 133 and making non- critical variations but starting with 33-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4- [2 , 6-bis (l-pyrrolidlnyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20- one (EXAMPLE 126) the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 136 3α-Hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl)- 4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-Phosphate Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 133 and making ,non- critical variations but starting with 3α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2, 6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan- 20-one (EXAMPLE 131) the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 137 16α-Methyl-21- [4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1, 3,5-triazin- 2-yl] -l ' -piperzinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione Following the general procedure of EXAMPLES 1-6A, 7, 8, 11-19, 83 and 126, and making non-critical variations but starting with 21-iodol6α-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione (PREPARATION S- 22) and 4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]piperazine the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 138 16α-Methyl-21- [4- [5,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,2,4-triazin- 3-yl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione Following the general procedure of EXAMPLES 1-6A, 7, 8, 11-19, 83 and 126, and making non-critical variations but starting with 21-iodolδα-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione (PREPARATION S- 22) and 4- [5,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,2,4-trlazin-3-yl] -1-piperazine the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 139 16α-Methyl-17/3-(l-oxo-4- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4- pyrlmidin 1] -1-piperazinyl]butyl)androsta-4,9(11) - dien-3-one methanesulfonate A mixture of 16α-methyl-173-(1-oxo- [4-mesyloxy]butyl)androsta- 4,9(ll)-dien-3-one (PREPARATION 1, 3.77 g) , 4- [2,6-bis(l- pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine (PREPARATION A-22, 3.02 g) , potassium carbonate (0.58 g) sodium iodide (0.12 g) and acetonitrile (170 ml) is stirred and heated under reflux for about 7 hr. The mixture is allowed to cool and is concentrated. The residue is partitioned between methylene chloride and aqueous potassium bi¬ carbonate and the extract -is concentrated. The concentrate is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with acetone/methylene chlori- de. The appropriate fractions are pooled to give the free amine of the title compound. A solution of methanesulfonic acid (1.44 g) in ether (80 ml) is added slowly to a solution of the free amino steroid (15 mmole) in methylene chloride (80 ml) . The mixture is concentra¬ ted to a residue which, is crystallized from methanol/ether to give the title compound. EXAMPLE 140 16α-Methyl-17/3-(l-oxo-4- [4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)- 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -l-piperazinyl]butyl)androsta- 4,9(ll)-dien-3-one Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 139 and making non- critical variations but starting with 16α-methyl-17/3-(1-oxo- [4- mesyloxy]butyl)androsta-4,9(ll)-dien-3-one (PREPARATION 1) and 4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,3,5-trlazin-2-yl]piperazine (PREPARATION A- 49) the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE 141 16α-Methyl-17/3-(l-oxo-4- [4- [6- (ethylamino) -2- pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl]butyl)androsta-4,9(11) -dien- 3-one Following the general procedure of EXAMPLE 139 and making non- critical variations but starting with 16α-methyl-173-(1-oxo- [4- mesyloxy]butyl)androsta-4,9(ll)-dien-3-one (PREPARATION 1) and 4- [6- (ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine (PREPARATION A-47) the title compound is obtained. EXAMPLE A Conjugated Diene Formation Assay The formation of conjugated dienes as assayed by Braughler, J. Neurochem. , 44, 1282 (1985), Bucher, Fund. Applied Tox. , 3, 222 (1983) and Tein, Arch. Biochem. Biophy. , 216, 142 (1982) is a standard pharmacological laboratory procedure useful for identifying compounds which inhibit lipid peroxidation. Since lipid peroxidation is involved in the pathophysiology of central nervous system trauma, compounds which inhibit conjugated diene formation are useful in treating the conditions listed below. Inhibition of conjugated diene formation as measured by any of the above procedures or the modified procedure below demonstrates usefulness in treating spinal trauma, mild and/or moderate to severe head injury, subarachnoid hemorrhage and subsequent cerebral vasospa- sm, ischemic (thromboembolic) stroke, muscular dystrophy, adrlamycin cardiac toxicity, Parkinsonism, Alzheimer's disease, other degenera¬ tive neurological disorders, multiple sclerosis, organ damage during reprefusion after transplant, skin graft rejection, hemorrhagic, traumatic, or septic shock, severe burns, ARDS, allergic reactions, emphysema and post burn pulmonary complication. Further, an inhibi¬ tion of conjugated diene formation also demonstrates usefulness in preventing damage following cardiopulmonary resuscitation, neurologi- cal or cardiovascular surgery and cardiac infarction. While not necessary to demonstrate conjugated diene inhibition, the above assays have been modified as follows: rat brain synap- tosomes are prepared according to the procedure described in J. Neur- ochem. 44, 1282 (1985). Synaptosomal suspension (10 μl) is added to 1 ml of physiological (normal) saline containing 1 % Lubrol PX (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo.), 100 μM hydrogen peroxide and 100 μM (or less) of the drug to be tested prepared in either absolute ethanol or water depending upon solubility. The reaction is started by the rapid addition of 200 μM ferrous ammonium sulfate prepared in argon-purged water. The sample is rapidly mixed and the change in absorbance at 232nm is followed in a Gilford Response Spectrophotome- ter .equipped with a rapid sampler. Due to the rapidity of the reaction, rapid addition of the iron, rapid mixing and sampling are obligatory to the accuracy of the assay. For best results absorbance readings of one/sec should be started within 5 sec following the addition of iron. The initial linear rate of absorbance change during the first 30 sec of reaction are compared with the rate of a reaction containing all reagents except synap osomes. The difference In rates is the rate of conjugated diene formation. Rates with drug are compared to rates obtained in the absence of drug and the % inhibition is calculated. A compound that inhibits conjugated diene formation by 50% or more is considered to be "active". The compounds of Examples 2, 4, 5, 6B-8, 10-22, 24-28, 30-34, 36-41, 43-45, 47, 50-54, 58-76, 83, 84, 86, 93-99, 103-107, 111, 112 and 114-122 demonstrate such activity by inhibition of conjugated dienes. The above in vitro test/assay is a standard pharmacological laboratory procedure for demonstrating compounds which are useful In treating . the conditions listed above. / Following the in vivo mouse head injury procedure of Hall, J. Neurosurg., 62, 882 (1985) com¬ pounds which statistically significantly (p < 0.05) increase the 1 hr neurological recovery following head injury are considered preferred compounds for treating the above conditions, these are: % Increase in 1 hr Post-Injury Grin Test Scores After 3 mg/kg Compound of Example 200.8 127 199.7 69 184.4 • 109- 148.3 70 134.5 83 112.6 18 EXAMPLE B Arachidonic Acid Antagonism Assay (AAAA) The Arachidonic Acid Antagonism Assay (AAAA) as set forth in Thrombosis Res., 9, 67 (1976) is a standard laboratory procedure for demonstrating antagonism of the effects of arachidonic acid metabo¬ lites. Since these metabolites contribute to the pathological problems associated with stroke, spinal trauma and head injury, compounds which antagonize arachidonic acid are useful in treating stroke, spinal trauma and head injury. Compounds which significantly elevate the LDgø of arachidonic acid in amimals a re considered to be useful for the traatment of these conditions. While not necessary to determine arachidonic acid antagonism, the above assay has been modified as follows: Charles River male CF-1 mice weighing 18-22g are treated IV with the test compound dissolved in 1.0% Tween-80 and 0.1% hydrochloric acid in distilled water, 0.2 ml total volume. Fifteen minutes later sodium arachidonate (90% pure) In physiological (normal) saline is injected into the tail vein. The LDgo i* 3 measured using the Spearman-Karber method with a log dose interval of 0.05 (N-6) . Compounds which elevate the LDgo outside of the 95% eonfidence interval of the control LDgo are considered to be "active". , The compounds of Examples 2, 4, 11-17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29, 41, 45, 47, 51, 53, 54, 57, 60, 62, 74, 75, 93 and 99-101 demonstrate arachidonic acid antagonism. The following are test results in the Arachidonic Acid An- tagonism Assay for the compounds identified: % of Control LDgo 100mg kg Corn-pound of Example No, 150 17 141 19 138 62 124 57 EXAMPLE C Malonyldialdehyde (MDA) Formation Assay The MDA assays of Buege and Aust, Methods in Enzymology, Fleisher and Packer Editors, Academic Press, 1978, New York, Vol LII, p 302-310 and Kohn and Liversedge, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 82, 292 (1944) are standard pharmacological laboratory procedures for demonstrating the occurrence of lipid peroxidation by the formation of MDA. Since lipid peroxidation is involved in the pathophysiology of central nervous system trauma, compounds which inhibit MDA formation are useful in treating-the conditions listed below. MDA formation as measured by any of the above procedures or the modified procedure below demonstrates usefulness in treating spinal trauma, mild and/or moderate to severe head injury, subarachnoid hemorrhage and subsequent cerebral vasospasm, ischemlc (thro boem- bolic) stroke, muscular dystrophy, adriamycin cardiac toxicity, Parkinsonism, Alzheimer's disease, other degenerative neurological disorders, multiple sclerosis, organ damage during reprefusion after * transplant, skin graft rejection, hemorrhagic, traumatic and septic shock, severe burns, ARDS, allergic reactions, emphysema and post burn pulmonary complication. Further, MDA formation also demonstra¬ tes usefulness in preventing damage following cardiopulmonary resuscitation, neurological or cardiovascular surgery and cardiac infarction. While not necessary to determine MDA formation, the above assays have been modified as follows: rat brain synaptosomes are prepared as described in the Example about the conjugated diene assay, except that the final wash of the synaptosomes and final suspension are in physiological (normal) saline in which the pH has been adjusted to 7.0. The synaptosomes are incubated for 10 min at 37° in physiologi¬ cal (normal) saline pH 7.0 (total volume - 100 ul) containing; 10 ul synaptosomal suspension, 10% DMSO plus or minus drug, 150 uM Fe +++ and 50 uM Fe++. The incubation is started by the rapid addition of iron to the otherwise complete reaction. The iron solutions are prepared fresh as ferric chloride and/' ferrous ammonium sulfate in argon-purged water. Following the 10 min incubation, the reaction is stopped by the addition of 500 ul ice-cold 12% trichloroacetic acid prepared in 0.5 N hydrochoric acid. Water (300 ul) is then added along with 100 ul of freshly prepared thiobarbituric acid (3.3% in 0.5N sodium hydroxide) and 10 ul of 5mM desferrioxamine. The sample Is then heated in a boiling water bath for 20 minutes. The samples are cooled and centrifuged for 15 minutes at 1500 xg and the absor¬ bance of the supernatant fraction is read at 532 n . The % inhlbi- tion of MDA formation is calculated by dividing the absorbance of sample containing drug by the absorbance of samples incubated without drug. Reaction blanks are samples incubated in the absence of iron. A compound that inhibits MDA formation by 50% or more at a concentra¬ tion of 200μM or less is considered "active". The compounds of Examples 17, 47, 49-52, 62, 67-71, 73-75, 83, 86, 95-97, 104, 107, 110, 111-113, 118, 120, 121, 125, 127 and 129 demonstrate such activity by inhibition of MDA formation. The above in vitro test/assay is a standard pharmacological laboratory procedure for demonstrating compounds which are useful in treating the conditions listed above. Following the in vivo mouse head injury procedure of Hall, J. Neurosurg., 62, 882 (1985) com¬ pounds which statistically significantly (p < 0.05) increase the 1 hr neurological recovery following head injury are considered preferred compounds for treating the above conditions, these are: % Increase in 1 hr Post-Injury Grip Test Scores After 3 mg/kg Compound of Example 200.8 127 199.7 69 184.4 109 148.3 70 134.5 83 112.6 18 EXAMPLE D AcylCoA:Cholesterol Acyltransferase (ACAT) Inhibition Assay ACAT esterifies arterial cholesterol which is a key reaction in the development of atherosclerosis. The procedure of Bell, Can. J. Biochem. 60, 967 (1982) provides a standard procedure for demonstrat- ing which compounds inhibit ACAT and therefore inhibit formation of esterified arterial cholesterol thereby preventing atherosclerosis. In the ACAT assay it is preferred to use Fu5AH cells, see Lipids 9, 526 (1974). According to this procedure, compounds which inhibit ACAT activity equal to, or greater than, that of chlorpromazine are considered "active". The compounds of Examples 3, 17 and 18 are active in inhibiting ACAT. The following are test results in the ACAT assay for the compounds identified: % Inhibition of ACAT (5 μg/ml Compound of Example 63.9 3 48.4 18 32.2 17 EXAMPLE E Antiatherosclerosis Screen in Susceptable to Ex¬ perimental Atherosclerosis (SEA) Japanese Quail Demonstration of antiatherosclerotic activity of a compound in SEA Japanese Quail is done by showing that the compound reduces the serum and arterial cholesterol In quail fed an atherogenic diet. This standard laboratory procedure for demonstrating a reduction in arterial and serum cholesterol in SEA Japanese quail has been described by Stevens in Artherosclerosis 56, 313 (1985). While not necessary, some minor modifications for extraction of cholesterol from the artery have been made. These are as follows: frozen arteries are homogenized in hexane/isopropanol (3/2) and the volume adjusted with Triton 100 solution (1.5% in hexane/isopropanol) to 7 ml. After standing 12 hr at 20-25°, the supernatant, obtained by low speed centrafugation is evaported until dry and then the residue is 1 suspended in 0.5 ml of 5% Triton 100 in isopropanol. This suspension is incubated for 10 min at 45° to dissolve the material. This solution as well as the diluted serum samples are analyzed for cholesterol by standard clinical chemistry analyzer methods. According to the above procedure compounds which decrease serum or arterial cholesterol > 30 % are considered to be "active". Compounds which reduce serum and arterial cholesterol and are useful In treating artherosclerosis and its complications; for example, reduction of serum cholesterol by drugs reduces the in- cidence of coronary heart disease, JAMA 251, 351 (1984) and JAMA 251, 365 (1984). The compound of Example 3 demonstrates reduction of serum and arterial cholesterol. EXAMPLE F Inhibition of Interleukln-l The inhibition of interleukin-1 induced T cell proliferation assay, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 78, 1133 (1981) Is a standary laboratory procedure for demonstrating inhibition of interleukin-1 bioactivities. Since people with arthritis make excess interleukin 1, compounds which inhibit the activity of interleukin 1 are useful in the treatment of arthritis. According to this procedure com¬ pounds which inhibit the activity of interleukin 1 greater that 30% at 10"° M are considered to be "active". The compounds of Examples 21, 37, 47, 83, 84, 86, 94, 96, 97, 101, 105 and 120 demonstrate inhibition of interleukin 1. % Inhibition at 10÷°- _ Compound of Example 84 86 77 96 76 105 62 83 56 120 EXAMPLE G Inhibition of Mucous Secretion The inhibition of mucous secretion assay of Johnson In- t. Arch, of Allergy and Applied Immunology 75, 97 (1984) is a standard pharmacological laboratory procedure for demonstrating inhibition of mucous secretions and therefore usefulness in prevent¬ ing and/or treating mucous secretions, asthma, inflammatory lung diseases, bronchitis, allergic reactions and ARDS. According to this procedure compounds which inhibit or block enhancement of induced mucous secretions when tested are considered to be "active". The compounds of Examples 2, 4, 16, 18, 83 and 105 demonstrate such activity. The test results disclose that the compounds of Examples 2, 83 and 105 are the preferred mucous inhibitors. EXAMPLE H Asthma Test in Ovalbu in Sensitized Guinea Pigs The ovalbumin sensitized guinea pig test, Brit. J. Pharm. 78, 67 (1983) is a standard laboratory procedure for demonstrating inhibi¬ tion of bronchoconstriction and therefore use in treating/preventing asthma. While not necessary the above test has been modified as follows. Male guinea pigs (500-700 g at the time of antigen chal¬ lenge) are sensitized by IM injection of ovalbumin (5%, 0.35 ml) into each hind limb and repeated 6 days later. Five weeks after the initial injection of ovalbumin, the animals are anesthesized with urethane (1.5 g/kg intraperitoneally), the trachea cannulated and the lungs ventilated at constant volume using a Harvard Apparatus Rodent Respirator. Tracheal pressure is measured from a side-arm of the tracheal cannula via a Statham P23AC pressure transducer of a furness control micromanometer. The chest is opened along the mid-line. Bronchoconstriction is measured as the absolute increase in transpul- monary pressure in cm water with respect to the atmosphere. Blood pressure is recorded using a Statham P23Db pressure transducer vial a catheter inserted into a carotid artery. Heart rate is derived from the blood pressure signal using a Grass 7P4F tachograph. A jugular vein is catheterized for injection of drugs and antigen. The amimals are pretreated with the following: indomethacin (10 mg/kg, 15 min prior to antigen), pyrilamine maleate (2 mg/kg, 10/11 min before antigen), and propranolol (0.25 mg/kg, 5 min prior to antigen). Antigen challenge consists of ovalbumin (0.3 mg/kg) given IV. The compounds to be tested are administered by either IV (compound precedes the antigen challenge by four minutes) , orally (fasted animals are dosed at either 2 or 4 hr prior to challenge) or by areosol (the compound is nebulized thru the Harvard respirator and directly into the tracheal cannula 180 sec four min prior to the IV. antigen challenge). Vehicles include IV (saline), oral (emulphor or 0.1% Tween 80) or for aerosol (DMSO) . The antigen provocation produces a slowly developing bronchocon¬ striction which lasts at least 15 min. The percent inhibition at various times points after antigen challenge compares the test compound to control animals (vehicle only) . According to this procedure compounds which give 50% or greater inhibition at 10 mg/kg are considered to be "active". EXAMPLE I Inhibition of Tumor Growth The fertile egg or chick embryo assay of Folkman, Science 221, 719 (1983) is the standard pharmacological laboratory procedure for demonstrating inhibition of angiogenesis, and therefore of tumor growth [Folkman, in Advances in Cancer Research, G. Klein and S. Weinhouse, ed. , 43, 175 (1985)]. According to this procedure compounds which are considered to be "active" (I.e. antiangiogenic) give an avascular zone of 4 mm or greater in some embryos when tested at 50 μg/10 μl in the presence of 50 μg/10 μ of heparin. The compounds of Examples 2-5, 6B, 8-10, 12-18, 20, 21, 24, 26-30, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39-41, 43-48, 51-55, 63, 64, 83, 86, 97, 99, 104 and 105 demonstrate inhibition of angiogenesis. The following are test results in the Folkman assay for the compounds identified: % of Embryos with 4 mm or Greater Avascular Zone Compound of Example No. 91 21, 16 85 2 80 41 75 44 73 28 72 20 EXAMPLE J Aspirin Induced Ulcer Test The aspirin/cold induced ulcer assay of Rainsford,. Agents and Actions 5, 553 (1975) is a standard pharmacological laboratory procedure for demonstrating anti-ulcer activity. According to this procedure compounds which give a 50% or more reduction of ulcer index are considered to be "active". The compound of Example 16 demonstrates anti-ulcer activity. CHART A CHART B CHART C 25 CHART ! D ■ ^21^210 Formula Name Chemical Structure No. l-plperazlnyl-(C2-C4) ■ (C2-C4 alkyl)-N N-(X * i or 2) 0 _*j [B] optionally substituted in the 4-position 1-piperazinylacetyl -acetyl-N N-X M substituted in the 4-position 1-piρerazinylcarbonylmeth l CM] substituted in the 4-position 2-(carboxy) -1-pyrrolidinyl CC-1] 2-(carboxy)-1-piperidinyl - AN [C--2] C00H 2-(carboxy)-l-hexamethylenelmino 2-(carboxy)-1-heptamethylenelmino CHART D - continued ^1 ^210 Formula Name Chemical Structure No. -N N-(CH 2 )f-C0-R228 tD -J 1-piperazinyl substituted in \ J the 4-position 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4-positIon 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4-position 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4-position 1-piperazinyl substi t uted in ' [N] the 4-position GHART E R 212 Formula Name Chemical Structure No. *CH 2 - (CH 2 ) C -G- (CH 2 ) d -CH 2 -N* [a] 3 -pyrrolin- 1-yl -N Cb] pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin- 1-y'. 1-hexamethyleneimino containing a 3- or 4- [ f] double bond or 3- and 5- double bonds 1,4-dihydro- 1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4-positIon different groups Vv CHART F *2 .]! Formu Name Chemical Structure N 20 or 4-yl optionally substituted optionally as the N-oxide ( 25 l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or (- 30 6- position pyrimidin-4-yl 'or the N-oxide (R 2-1io2.'Q-l 35 thereof optionally substituted ( at the 2- and/or 6-position 7 -(0) Q _ 1 ( R 212*0-l CHART F - continued x 2 Formula Name Chemii -;al Structure ■ No. pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted pyrazln-2-yl optionally substituted imldazol-2-yl optionally substituted (8) or -X-j 1, 3,4-trlazol-2-yl optionally substituted C,-C- alkyl or -X, imidazol-4- or 5-yl optionally substituted ) 0 -2 (10) alkyl or -X 1 benzo[b]thien-2-yl (12a) -106 - CHART F - continued Formula Name Chemical Structure No . indol-2-yl ( 12b) benzo [b] thiazol-2 -yl (12c) benzimidazol-2-yl (12d) l,2,4-trlazin-3-yl N_=N optionally substituted (RO 2T12.)-O-l (14) at the 5- and/or 6- position (Rp 2i12) y 0-l GHART G 10 / \ M ft 1 N-CO-CH. J2 \ / 15 20 / \ 30 N 0 J5 \ / 35 CHART H Compound of Example Phvsical Data m.p. MS TM + Hl± 0 See specification 1 None 2 213-215° 3 189-194° dec 4 170-174° dec 577 5 203-205° 572 6A 172-174° 6B 195-197° 7 200-203° 546 8 209-211° 491 9 108-110° 561 10 174-175.5° 566, 568 11 164-166° 520 12 240-245° 568, 570 13 215-216° 519 14 195-200° 631 15 189-194° 660 16 184-186° 633 17 154-159° 645 18 184-190° 645 ' 19 687 20 154-157° 21 145-148° 22 228-231° 23 245° 24 187° dec 491 25 505 26 522 27 534 28 505 29 524 30 537 31 601 CHART H - continued 32 635 33 549 34 538 5 35 233° dec 36 491 37 688 38 503 39 273-275° dec 10 40 201° dec 41 210° /' • dec 535 42 219° dec 563 43 . 219° dec 492 44 204° dec 46 192° 47 193-196° dec 641 48 243-250° dec 49 ' 197-208° dec 20 50 651 51 641 52 572 53 218° dec 635 54 143-146° 503 25 55 139-142° 56 478 57 620 58 169° ded 59 181° dec 30 60 184° dec 61 142° dec 62 190- 195° 63 195- 196° 64 156- 158° 35 65 473 66 505 67 630 CHART H - continued 68 575 69 634 70 648 71 185° dec 72 182° 73 220-230° dec 74 215° dec 75 165-175° dec 76 160-165° 83 625 84 215° dec 86 127° dec 657 92 220-225° dec 93 134-135° 94 221° dec 95 217° dec 96 182° dec 97 217° dec 98 173° dec 99 195° dec 100 152-155° 101 139-140° 426 102 See specification 103 See specification 104 212-214° dec 599 105 205-208° dec 661 106 243-245° dec 479 107 615 108 476 109 181-185 dec 110 74.388E 19129-FJVD-22 111 210° dec 112 613 113 609 114 219° dec 115 215-222° dec 741 ( +) 1 CHART H - continued 116 644 (M 4" ) 117 664 (__+) 118 660 (M+) 119 522 (M+) 120 615 (_!+) 121 626 (M+) 122 627 (M+) 125 164° dec 629 (M+) 126 152-154° 630 127 194° /dec 129 179-185° dec 615 (M 4" ) 130 . 151-154° 131 159-162° 132 623 (M + ) 133 212-215° 135 260-265° '

Claims: CLAIMS 1. An amino substituted steroid of formula XI where: (A-I) Rg is a-R sl :β-R 6 , Rχo is α-Rχ 0 χ: / 9-Rχ 02 and R 7 is a- ~ i: β-H, where one of Rgx and R 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχø2 is " CH 3- R I01 and R 5 ta ken together are - (CH2 2 ** C(-R33)- CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H:^-0R 34 or a-OR^ -.β-K, where R34 is -H, -P(-O) (0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -CO-C 2 H 5 , -C0-C H 5 , -CO-O-CH3 or -CO-0-C 2 H 5 ; (A-II) R 5 is -R 53 : J 8-R 5 4, R 6 is α ' R 63 ' β-*-6 > R 10 is α - R 103 : 3-Rχ04 and R 7 is * α-H: -H, where one of R and R 4 is -H, and th other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bon between C5 and Cg, Rχo4 is -CH3, Rχo3 and the other of R53 and R5 taken together are -(CH 2 )2*-G<H) (OH) -CH 2 - or -(CH 2 )2"C[H] [0P(-0)- (0H) 2 ]-CH 2 -; (A-III) Rχ 0 and.'Rg taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R3) -CH- where R3 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkyl, -CO-H, C 2 -C alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is c_-R 5: 3-R where one of R 5 and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C 3 alkyl and R 7 is α-H:/9-H; (A-IV) R5 is α-R 57 :^-R5 8 , Rg is α-Rg 7 : -Rgg, R 7 is -H : β-R and Rχθ is α-Rχ Q7 :y9-Rχ g, where one of R_ and Rgg is -H, χo7 and the other of R^ and Rgg taken together are -(CH2)2" ( - ' (~ R 33 " c ^2* w ^ er R33 is as defined above, χo8 ^ s " c - ' ^3 > where one of Rg and Rgg is - and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C 3 alkyl; (A-V) Rg is Rgo:Rgχo. R-7 is R 79 :R 710* R 10 is Q " R 109 :R 1010- where one of Rg9 and Rgχo ^ s -H and the other taken together with one o R 7 o and R 7 χø forms a second bond between Cg and C , and the other o -1-.3- R * 79 and R 7 χo is -H, RχoiO ■ ' " CH 3' R 109 n ** i R 5 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(-R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (C-I) R is °--R :3-R 2, where one of and R χ2 s taken together with R9 to form a second bond between C9 and 0χχ and the other of Rxxx and χχ2 s -H; (C-II) R9 is -Cl and Rxx is -0 or -H:/3-Rχχ4 wnere R H4 is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) R9 is -H or -F and Rx is -0 or o:- χχ5:y3-Rχχg , where one of Rχχ5 and Rxx is -H, and the other of Rχχ5 and Rxxg is -H, -OH or Cχ-Gχ2 alkoxy; f (C-IV) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0-C0-Rχχ 7 :^-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) Cχ-Cχ2 alkoxy, (C) furanyl, (D) -NRχ22 R 123> where one of χ 2- and Rχ23 I s "H, methyl or ethyl and the other is -H, Cχ-C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) -X -XX, where X3 is -0- or a valence bond, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -COOH, -NH2, Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-G3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-ρiperid- inyl, 1-hexamethylenimino- , 1-he tamethylenimino- , C2-C4 acylamino and -NH-CHO or with 1 -F or -CF 3 ; where: (D-I) Rxg is Rχδl : 162 an( 17 ***- s 171 : 172' w ^ ere one °f 161 and Rχ 2 is -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 2 forms a second bond between 0χg and Cχ 7 , and the other of Rχ χ and Rχ 72 is -C(-Z)-(CH2) n - R21 R 210> wnere Z is -0, -CH 2 or Rχ g:-H where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 0 through 6, where (A) R 2 χ is (1) -(CH2) m - R2χχ-X2ι where m is 2, 3 or 4, where R211 is -H or Cχ-C alkyl, where X is: [A] (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R2I2 > being the same or different, where R2X2 (i) -F, (II) -Cl, (iii) -Br, I I (iv) Cχ-C 5 alkyl , (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH2 , (vi) -Xχ ( where x is as defined above, (vii) ** Nϊ ** -213 R 213 where tne R-213'* 3 are t ^ ιe same or different and are -H, Cχ-G3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viil ) *CH 2 -(CH2) q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 5, (vilijS) *CH 2 -CH2-(CH2) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH2-CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0-, -S-, -SO-, -S0 2 - or -NHR 2 χ4, where R21 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4, 5 or 6, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiii) 1-hexamethyleneimino containing a 3- or 4- double bond or 3- and 5- double bonds, , [f] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xv) -OH, (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xvii) -NR 2 χ 7 -(CH 2 )e-Q where Q is 2-pyridi¬ nyl where R2X7 is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and e is 0 through 3, (1) (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) 1,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 212 i- s as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 2X2 -^ s as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 R212 as i defined above, (6) (e) pyrazin-2-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R212 as is defined above, (7) (f) imidazol-2-yl optionally substitututed in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or -Xχ ( where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 12 as defined above, (8) (g) l,3,4-triazol-2-yl optionally substituted In the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or -Xx, where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with R212 s defined above, (9) (h) imidazol-4- or 5-yl optionally substituted in the 1 position with C -C3 alkyl or - x, where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with'l or 2 R2X2 as defined above, (10) (i) benzo-[b]thien-2-yl, (12a) (j) indol-2-yl, (12b) (k) benzo[b]thiazol-2-yl, (12c) (1) benzimidazol-2-yl, - (12d) (m) 4-[2-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]ethyl] iperazinyl, . (13) (n) l,2,4-trlazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R2X2 as is defined above, (14) (2) (1-piperazinyl)-(C2-C4) l yl optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or -X2 as defined above, [B] (3) -X2, as defined above, [0] (4) -(CH2) m - 4 where m is as defined above and where X 4 is (a) -0-CH 2 CH2- , where Y is Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C ) lkylamino where the alkyl groups are the same or different, C3-C alkyleneimino, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C3 alkyl, (b) -NR 2 20 CH 2 CH 2" Y * where R 2 20 is " H or Cχ-C 3 alkyl and Y is as defined above, (c) -(CH 2 ) g -N(R22θ)-X2' where g is 2, 3 or 4, and where R22O an< ^ 2 are as defined above, [H] (5) -(CH2) m -NR222 R 223' where R222 is " H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R223 i *Xχ or -X2 as defined above, or 222 and * ^223 are ta en together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a saturated mono-nitrogen C3~C heterocyclic ring and where m is as defined above, [I] (6) -(CHCH 3 ) b -(CH 2 )f-R224. where b is 0 and f is 1 I through 3 or b is one and f is 0 through 3, where R224 ^ s phenyl substituted with 1 through 3 -OH, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, - R225R226 where 225 and R226 are t ^ ie same or different and are -H, Cχ-G3 alkyl or are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a 04.C cyclicamino ring, [J] (7) -(CH2)χ-X2, where i is 1 through 4 and X 2 is as defined above, [K] (8) (l-piperazinyl)acetyl substituted in the 4- position by X2 where X2 is as defined above, [L] (9) (l-piperazinyl)carbonylmethyl substituted in the 4- position by -X2 where X2 is as defined above, and [M] (B) R 10 is (1) -H, (2) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (3) C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl, (4) - CH2) ra - R2χχ-X2ι where m, R211 and X2 are as defined above, [A] (5) (1-piperazinyl)-(C2-C4)alkyl optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or - 2 as defined above, [B] (6) -(CH2) m -X , where m and X4 are as defined above, [H] (7) - CH2) m -NR222 R 223» where m, 222 an< -* ** 223 are as defined above, [I] (8) -(CHCH3) * b -(CH 2 )f-R224> where b, f and R 2 24 are as defined above, [J] (C) R2χ and 2X0 arfe taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of J (1) 2-(carboxy) -1-pyrrolidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-l] (2) 2-(carboxy)-1-piperidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-2] (3) 2-(carboxy)-1-hexamethyleneimino optionally as the C -C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-3] (4) 2-(carboxy)-1-heptamethyleneimino optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-4] (5) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with R228- c °-( H2)ι- where R228 is " x l> _NR 229 X 1 and * 2-furanyl, where R229 is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl, where j is 0 through 3 and Xx is as defined ■ i i " i -117- above , [D] (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2"(CH2)-|-, where X2 and j are as defined above, [E] (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2)-j-, where X and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] (9) l-plperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-NR22g-C0- CH2)χ- , where X2, R229 an d i are as defined above; [N] (D-II) Rxg is α-Rχg3: -Rχg where one of Rχg3 and Rχg4 is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH3 or -OH, and ' Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH 2 p -NR2χR2χo. where p is 1 or 2, where R2X and R2X0 are as defined above; (D-III) Rx is --R β5 -'β-Rι β s and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 5: ?-Rχ 7 g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχ 5 and Rx is -H, where 7 5 is -H, -OH, ' -CH3, -CH2CH3, C2-C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx Is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH2 n - R2 2χo> where Z, n, 21 anc ** R 210 are as defined above; (D-IV) the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where Rχg5 is -OH, Rxg is -H, Rχ 75 is -OH and Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 n -NR2χR2χo. where Z, n, " 21 anc ^ R 210 are as defined above; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof; with the following overall provisos that: (I) one of Rx x or Rχg2 is taken together with one of Rχ χ or Rχ 7 2 to form a second bond between 0χg and Cχ 7 , only when Rχø is α - R 101 : / 5 - R 102' α - R 103 : - R 104> «- * &107 : 0 "R 108 or «-*109 : 0- R 1010' (II) Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH2 p -NR2χR2χo» on ly when Rχ 0 is α:-Rχoχ: β-R 102 , α - R 103 : 3 - R 104' Q -- R 107 : / 5 - R 108 or α - R 109 : _R 1010' (III) R5 and Rχ 0 taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R 3 ) -CH-, only when Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 5: !-Rχ 7 g or the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where Rxg is α-0H:j9-H and Rχ 7 is -0H:3-C(-Z)- CH 2 ) n - R2χR2χo. and (IV) R5 is a-R ζ -/ :β-R_ _ , only when Rχ 7 is "- χ75 '-β- ~ _-j_ or -OH:/9-G- -Z -(CH2) n -NR2 2χθι or iιe 16,17-acetonide thereof. 2. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where: (A-I) Rg is α-R χ:^-Rg2, Rχ 0 is α-R 101 : -Rχ 0 2 and R 7 is α-H.ø-H, where one of R x and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχo2 i* 3 " G H3>- R 101 a~l '~~ R 5 ta -ken together are - (CH2 2" ( * - 33 - CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H:β-0R 3 4 or α-OR^ '. β- ' i , where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 H 5 , -C0-CgH 5 , -CO-O-CH3 (A-II) R 5 is α-R 5 .β-R 5 , R 6 is α - R 63 : ^- R 64' R 10 is α - R 103 : - Rχ04 and R 7 is α-H: -H, where one of Rg 3 and R 4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of R53 and R54 forms a second bond between C5 and Cg, Rχo4 s "GH3, Rχo3 an d the other of R53 and R54 taken together are -(CH 2 )2- G (H)(0H)-CH 2 - or -(CH 2 ) 2 -C[H] [0P(-0)(0H) 2 1 -CH 2 - ', (A-III) Rχ 0 -and R5 taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R3)-CH- where R3 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkyl, -CO-H, C 2 -C alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is _--Rgg: 3-Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or C -C3 alkyl and R 7 is -H:/3-H; (A-IV) R 5 is c_-Rg 7 :β-Rg 8 , Rg is α-Rg 7 : -Rgg, R 7 is α-H:0-H and Rχθ is α-Rχo 7 : / 3-Rχo8 > where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H, χo7 and the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are -(CH2)2*-C(- 33)-CH2, where R33 is as defined above, Rχo8 **- s "GH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl; (A-V) R 6 is Rgg:Rgχo> R7 is R * 7 9 :R 7 χo, Rχo is α - R 109 :R iθlO' whc_re one of Rgg and Rgχo is -H and the other taken together with one of R 7 g and R 7 χo orms a second bond between Cg and C 7 , and the other of R 7 g and R 7 χo is -H, Rχoχo ^ s " G -^3* R 109 an< ^ R 5 ta ^ en together are -(CH2)2-G(-R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (C-I) Rxx is α -Rχχχ:/3-Rχχ2, where one of Rxxx and Rχχ2 i taken together with Rg to 'for a second bond between Cg and Cxx and the other of xxx and χχ2 is -H; (C-II) Rg is -Cl and xx is -0 or c_-H: -Rχχ4 where Rχχ 4 is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0 or α-Rχχg:^-Rχχg. where one of Rxxg and Rxxg is -H, and the other of Rxxg and Rxx is -H, -OH or Cχ-Cχ2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg .Is -H or -F and Rxx is α-O-C0-Rχχ 7 ' :/3-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, " (B) Cχ-Cχ2 alkoxy, (C) furanyl, (D) -NRχ22∑*-I23> where one of Rχ22 and Rχ23 is -H, methyl or ethyl and the other is -H, Cχ-C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) -X3-XX, where X3 is -0- or a valence bond, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, C -C3 alkoxy, -NH2 . Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperidinyl, C2-C acylamino and -NH-CHO; where: (D-III) R 16 is «-Rχ65^-Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 75 : -Rχ 7 , where R 165 is " H > " 0H ' "F or "CH 3 and R 166 is " H > " 0H > " F > or - CH 3> with the proviso that at least one of Rxgg and Rx is -H, where Rχ 7 g is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(GH2) n -NR2 R2χo > where Z is -0, -CH 2 or Rχ g:-H, where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) 2χ and R2X0 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) 1-ρiperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(CH2)-j-, where j is 0 and where X 2 is: (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R2 2 > being the same or different, where 212 **- s (iv) C -C 3 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) ~Xχ, where x is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3 2X3 where the 2X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viiiα) *CH2-(CH 2 ) q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viiiø) *CH 2 -CH 2 -(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH2-CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2- or -NHR2X4, where R2X4 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total ntimber of ring carbon atoms is 4 or 5, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-l-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Gχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xvlii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) 1,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R 2 χ 2 is as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R 2 χ 2 is as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 R 2 χ 2 as is defined above, (6) [E] (n) l,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R 2 χ 2 as I s defined above, (14) (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2 -, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidInyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. 3. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 2 where: (A-I) Rg is __-Rgχ: -Rg2, Rχo is t * _-Rχ 0 χ:.3-Rχo2 and R 7 is α-H:3-H, where one of Rgx and g2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, χo2 is -GH3, Rχoχ an d Rg taken together are -(CH2)2-C(-R33)- CH= or -CH-CH-CO-CH-, . where R33 is -0; where: (C-I) Rxx is Qi-Rχχχ:/9-Rχχ2, where one of χχχ and χχ2 taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and 0χχ and the other of xxx and Rχχ2 is -H; (C-III) Rg is -H and Rxx is α-Rχχg: / 9-Rχχ . where both Rχ 5 and Rχχ6 are -H; where: (D-III) Rχ 6 is α-Rχgg:3-Rχgg and R 17 is α-Rχ 75 :9-Rχ 7 g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχ 6 g is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of xgg and Rxg is -H, where Rχ7 is -H, -QJH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C2-C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH2) n - R2χR2χo > where Z is -0, -CH2 or Rχ 7 g:-H, where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) R 2 χ and 2 χo are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X 2 -(CH )-|-, where j is 0 and where X is: (a) ρyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R 2 χ 2 ,,-being the same or different, where R 2 χ 2 i (iv) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) -Xx, where X is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3R213 where the R2X3' S are the same or different and are -H, C -C3 alkyl or -CH 2 -CH-CH2, (viii ) *CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viiiø) *CH2-CH 2 -(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH 2 -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -SO-, -S0 2 - or -NHR 2 χ4, where 2 X is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or x as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms Is 4 or 5, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, • [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-G 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) ρiperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrIdin-l-yl, [e] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-l-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R212 ^- s as I -122- defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R χ 2 is as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 R 2 12 as defined above, (6) [E] (n) l,2,4-trlazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R 2 χ 2 as I s defined above, (14) (7) 1-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH ).j-, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydrox -1-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. 4. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Rg Is o:-Rgχ: 3-Rg2 and Rχo is α-Rχoχ: 3-RχQ2- where one of gx and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl, χo2 -** s -® ~ _ , ~~ -_Q_ and Rg taken together are -(CH2)2- -R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H:/_-0R 34 or α-0R 3 : -H, where R34 is -H, -P(-O) (0H) 2 , -C0- CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg or Rg is α-R 53 :^- R 54> R 6 *^ s α " 63*^" R 64 an< -** R 10 *** s " 103 : ^" R 104 where one of Rg3 and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg3 and Rg4 forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, o4 i -CH3, χθ3 and the other of R 3 and g4 taken together are -CH 2 ) 2 -C(H)(OH)-CH 2 - or -(CH 2 ) 2 -C[H] [0P(-0) (0H) 2 ]-CH 2 - , R 7 is α-H: -H and Rxg is α-Rχgg: 3-Rχgg ' and Rχ 7 is -Rχ 7 :/3-Rχ 7 , where xgg is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rxgg is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rxgg and Rx g must be -H, where Rχ g is -H, -OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH ) n -NR 2 χR χo; which is the amino steroid of formula la or lb ^61 .52 .... is a single or double bond and _ Indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 5. An amino substituted, steroid according to claim 4 where Rχoχ and Rg taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(-R33 " )-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0. An amino steroid (la and lb) according to claim 4 which is selected from the group consisting of 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4, 9(11) - diene- 3 , 20 -dione , 21- [4- [ 2 -amino -6- (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - 17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, . 17 -hydrox -21- [4-hydroxy-4- (4-trifluoromethyl)phenyl-l- piperidinyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene -3 ,20 -dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-furanylcarbonyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- (4-(benzo[b] thien-2-yl) -l-piperazinyl)pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- (2 -pyrimidinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4, 9 (11) - diene -3,20- dione , 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- [ [ (3 -chlorophenyl) amino] carbonyl] -1-piperazi- nyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene- 3, 20 -dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- (2-methoxyphenyl) - 1 -piperazinyl ] pr egna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-{4- [2, 6 -bis (dime th l amino) -4-pyrimindinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene -3, 20 -dione, , 17c_-hydroxy-21- [4- (3 , 6-dimethylpyrazinyl) -l-plperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(11) -diene -3, 20 -dione, 21- [4- [2- (diethylamino) -6- (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4, 9 (11) -diene- 3 , 20 -dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- [2- (diethylamino) -6- (4-methyl-l-piperaziny- 1) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene -3, 20 -dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2, 6 -bis (diethylamino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4, * - (11) -diene -3 ,20 -dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2- (diethylamino) -6- (1 -piperidinyl) -4- pyrimidiyl ] 1-piperazinyl ] pregna- 4,9(11)- diene -3,20- dione , 21- [4- [2, 6 -bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17 - hydroxy- 16 -me th lpregna- 1,4,9(11)- triene -3,20- dione , 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2, 6-bis (4-me hyl- 1 -piperazinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -1 -piperazinyl ]pregna4, 9(11) -diene -3 ,20 -dione, 17α-hydrox-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinylpregn-4-ene-3, 11,20- trione, ll / 3,17 -dihydroxy-6α-methyl-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -1 -piperazinyl] - pregna -1,4 -diene -3 ,20-dione , 17o:-hydroxy-21-[4-(6-methoxy-2-pyrIdinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4 , 9 (ll) -diene-3 , 20-dione , llα,17c-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione, 17c-hydroxy-21- [methyl[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethyl]amino] - pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, llβ,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4- diene-3,20-dione, 113,17o;-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l-piperazinyl]preg- na-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, ll/3,17_.-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4-diene-3,20-dione, /' llθ!,17 -dihydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione, 21- [4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l-piperazinyl] -llα,17α-dihydroxypregn-4- ene-3,20-dione, llά,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl) -1-piperazinyl]pregn-4- ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride, llα,17 -dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione 11-(2-furanylcarbonyl) , ll_-,17c-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4- ene-3,20-dione 11- (3,3-dimethyl-l-butyrate) , ll?,17c-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl) -1-piperazinyl] -6α- meth lpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, ll^,17c--dihydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] mino] - 6a- meth lpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-16o:-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-21- [4-(pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20- dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [3,4,5-trlmethoxy- phenyl)methyl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α--hydroxy-21- [ [2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino] - pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [1-(2-carbox )piperidinyl] -17 -hydroxypregna-4,9(11) -diene- 3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -1-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17c_-hydroxy-21- [4- (2-methoxyphenyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [3,4-dime hoxyphenyl)methyl] -1-piperazinyl- pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20- dione, 21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,ll,20-triόne, 17c--hydroxy-6c_-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 17c--hydroxy-6 -methyl-21[4-2,6-di-l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimin- dinyl-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(ll) -triene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(5-methyl-4-phyenyl-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-l- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20- dione, 21- [4- [2, 6-bis (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - llα,17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17a--hydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] -4-(dimethyl- amino)-phenyl]methyl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2-amino-5- (l-pyrrolidinyl)phenyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxy-pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17a:- hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17o_-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl] -pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[ [4-(diemthylamino)phenyl]methyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dlone, 17/3-carboxy-17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one 4-(2-pyridinyl)-1- piperazInyl amide, 17/3-carboxy-17 -hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one 1- [2,6-bis(diethyl¬ amino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] amide, 17o_-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piρerazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene- 3,11,20-trione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [4,6-bis(2-propenylamino) -1,3,5 t r i - azin-2-yl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11) -diene-3 ,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- [(3-hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl] -1-piperazinyl- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4-[6-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17 - hydroxy-6α-methylpregna-1,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione, 17o.-hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, llα,17 -dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4- diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [ [ (3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)meth l] [2-(3,4-dimethoxy¬ phenyl) -ethyl]amino]pregna4,9(11)-diene-3 ,20-dione, 21- [4- [3-amino-6-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -llα- hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bIs(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - ll ,17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[4,6-bis(2-propenylamino)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-l- piperazinyl] -pregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione, 17α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- .piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-1,4,9(11)- riene-3,20-dione, 21-[4- [4,6-bis(diethylamino) -2-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-1,4, (11)-triene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(ll)- triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16c--methyl-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene- 3,20dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -16o:- meth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20 τ dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -llo:- hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3 ,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- iperazinyl] -16α- methylpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16__-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4, (11) -triene-3 ,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4- pyrimidinyl]piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16 -methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-16o:-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino) - -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -16α- meth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2, 6-bis (allylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl]-1-piperazinyl] -llα- hydroxy-lδα-meth lpregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -16ct- methylpregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-di-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - pregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]- pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(dimeth lamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11) -diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bis(l-ρyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] - pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2-pyridinyl) -l-plperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20- dione, 17α-hydroxy-173-1. [ [(2-pyridinyl)methyl]amino]carbonyl] ndrost-4- en-3-one, 21- [4- (2 , 6-di- (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2,6-bis(4-morpholinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l-plperazlnyl] -17α_- hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, lljS-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinylpregn-4-en-3-one, 21- [4- (2 , 6-bis (1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-1-piperazinyl] - pregna-4-ene-3-one, 20-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-ρiperazinyl]pregn-4-en-3-one i 21-[4-(2,6-di- (1-pyrrolidinyl) - -pyrimidinyl)-1-ρiperazinyl]- pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, I -129 - 21- [4-(2,6-dl-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-1-piperazinyl] -20- methylpregna-1,4-dlen-3-one, 21- [4- (4, 6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-l-piperazin¬ yl] -16α-meth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, * 21- [4- [2- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperaziny]ethyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4, (11) -diene- 3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2 ,6-bis(4-morpholino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]preg¬ na-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, . 21- [4- [2 , 6-bis (diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -6α- fluoro-17α-hydroxy-16y3-methylpregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, δct-fluoro-17-e-hydrox -16/3-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolldinyl) - 4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]-pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 6α-fluoro-17α-hydroxy-163-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [4, 6-bis(diethylamino)-2-ρyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16c_-methyl-21- [4- [2,δ-bis(l-ρyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimiinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4.- [3 , 6-bis (diethylamino).-2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- eth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-(2,6-di- (1-pyrrolidinyl) - -pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl] - 16α,17α-dimeth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3,6-bis-(diethylamino) -2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - 16a , 11a-dimethylpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, -β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2, δ-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one, 21- [4- [6- (ethylamino) -2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] -lδct-methyl- pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [6- (diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] -lδα-methyl- pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,6,9(ll)-tetraene-3,20-dione, 3β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-phosphate, 3J-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2, δ-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-ρiperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one 3-phosphate, 3α-hydrox -16c_-methyl-21- [4- [2, δ-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]-5α-pregnan-20-one 3-phosphate, 16α-methyl-21-[4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,3,5-triazin-2- yl]l-piρerzinyl]ρregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 16 -methyl-21-[4-[5,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,2,4-triazin-3-yl]-l- piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, ι 16α-methyl-17/3-(l-oxo-4- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidInyl] - l-plperazinyl]butyl)androsta-4,9(11)-dlen-3-one, 16α-methyl-17j3-(l-oxo-4-[4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-l,3,5-triazin- 2-yl] -l-piperazinyl]butyl)androsta-4,9(ll)-dien-3-one, 16α-methyl-178-(l-oxo-4-[4-[6-(ethylamino) -2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl]butyl)androsta-4,9(ll)-dien-3-one. 7. An amino steroid according to claim 6 which is 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]-1- piperazinyl] -16α-methyl-pregna-l,4, (11)-triene-3,20-dione and lδα- methyl-21- [4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]l-piperzinyl] - pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione. 8. An amino steroid according to claim 7 which is 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimid¬ inyl]-l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)- riene-3,20-dione monomethane- sulfonate, 16_t-methyl-21-[4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-ρyrimidinyl]-1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione bismethanesulfonate and 16c_-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione hydrochloride. 9. An amino steroid according to claim 8 which is 16α-__ethyl-21-[4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)- triene-3,20-dione monomethanesulfonate. 10. An amino substituted steroid according to claim.1 where χø and Rg taken together are -CH- where R 3 is -H, -P(-O) (0H) 2 , Cχ-C3 alkyl, -CO-H, G2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rgg:3-Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F or C -C3 alkyl, R is a-E'.β- . and Rxg is α-Rχgg: 3-Rχgg and Rχ is α-Rχ g:/3-Rχ , where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχ 6 g is -H, -OH, -F, -CH3, with the ■ 131- proviso that at least one of Rxgg and Rxg must be -H, where Rχ 7 g is -H, -OH, -CH 3 , -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR χo; which Is the aromatic steroid of formula 11. An aromatic steroid (II) according to claim 10 which is selected from the group consisting of 3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-1- piperazinyl] -19-norpregna-l,3,5(10)-trien-20-one 3-methyl ether and 3,17'ct-dihydroxy-21-[4- [2,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -19-norpregna-l,3,5(10)-trien-20-one. 12. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Rg is • α-Rgχ: .-Rg 2 and Rχ 0 is ct-Rχoχ: 3-Rχo 2. where one of Rgx or Rg 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -OH, -F, Cχ-C3 alkyl or phenyl, Rχo2 is -CH3, Rχθχ and Rg taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R 3 3) -CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, - where R33 is -0 or α-H:β-0R34 or -0R i i . :β-li, where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg or ' Rg is α-R 3: -R , Rg is α-R 3 : - g4 and Rχ 0 is α-R ø3:3-Rχ Q 4 where one of Rg3 and R 4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg3 and Rg4 forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Rχo4 is -CH3, χ Q 3 and the other of R 3 and R taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C( H ) (OH)-CH2- or -(CH 2 )2-C[H] [0P(-O)(0H) 2 ]-CH 2 -, R7 is α-H: -H and R 6 is Rχgχ:Rχg2 and Rχ 7 is χ7 :Rχ72 > where one of Rxgx and χ 2 -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ7χ and χ72 forms a second bond between Oχg and Cχ , and the other of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 7 2 s -C(-Z)- CH2) n -NR2χR2χoϊ which is the A ** - * -' steroid of formula Ilia or .... is a single or double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) a or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 13. A Δ 16 steroid (Ilia and Illb) according to claim 12 which is selected from the group consisting of 21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll),16-triene-3,20- dione, 21-[4-(2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl]- pregna-l,4,9(ll) ,16-tetraene-3,20-dlone. 14. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Rg Is α-g 7 : / 8-Rgg, Rg is α-Rg : 3-Rgg and Rχø is α-Rχg 7 : 3-Rχog, where one of Rg and Rg 8 is -H, Rχo7 an d the other of Rg 7 and Rg 8 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-G(R33 -CH2, where R33 is - or -_-H:j3-OR 3 4 or α-0R 3 4:^-H, where R34 is -H, -P(-O)(0H) 2 , -CO-CH3, -CO-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C2Hg, Rχø8 ^- s "^3 ' , where one of Rg and Rg 8 is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C 3 alkyl, R 7 is α-H:/3-H and Rχ 6 is α-Rχg 5 :/3- Rx and Rχ 7 is c * --Rχ 7 g: 3-Rχ 7 g, where Rx is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and R Is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, with the proviso, that at least one of Rxg and Rxgg must be -H, where Rχ 7 g is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 10 . which is the reduced A/B-ring steroid of formula IV Is a single or double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 15. A reduced A/B-ring steroid (IV) according to claim 6 which is selected from the group consisting of 17α-hydroxy-16/S-methyl-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl] -5α- pregn-9(11)-ene-3,20-dione, 3α,17c_-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl] -5/3-pregnane- 11,20-dione, 3/3-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]-5α-pregnan-20-one, 3α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,δ-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl]-1-plperazinyl]-5α-pregnan-20-one. 16. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Rg Is α-Rgχ: 3-Rg2 and R ø is c_-Rχoχ: 3-Rχo2 > where one of R and Rg2 Is -H, and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχø2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and Rg taken together are -(CH2)2~G *- 33 -CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 Is -0 or α-H:/9-0R 3 4 or -OR34:/3-H, where R34 is -H, -P(-0)(0H) 2 , -C0- CH3, -C0-C 2 H 5 , -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 H or Rg is α-R 53 :0- Rg4, Rg is α-R 3:3-Rg and R ø is α-Rχ Q 3:/3-Rχ Q 4 where one of Rg and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg3 and Rg4 forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, χ Q 4 i -CH3, Rχo3 and the other of R 3 and R 4 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H)(0H)-CH 2 - or -(CH 2 )2**C[H] [0P(-0)(0H) 2 ] -CH 2 - , R 7 is α-H:0- H and Rx is ct- χg3:/3-Rχg4 where one of Rχ 3 and Rχg is -H and the other is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, and Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH2) p -NR2χR2χo. where p is 1 or 2 which Is the, Δ *** ' steroid of formula Va or Vb where .... is a single or double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) a or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 17. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where R- j _χ is α-Rχχχ: / 9-Rχχ 2 , where one of Rxxx and Rχχ2 i taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and Cxx and the other of Rxxx and Rχχ 2 is -H. 18. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Rg is -H. 19. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where Z is -0. 20. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where n Is 1. 21. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where R 2 χ and 210 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom form 1- piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X 2 -(CH )j-. 22. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 21 where j is 0. 23. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 21 where R2χ and R 210 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom form a cyclic amine substitutent selected from the group consisting of 4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl, 4-[4,6-bis(2-propenylamino)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -l-piperazinyl, 4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolldinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl, 4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl, 4-[4,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl, 4- [4,6-bis(1-pyrrolidinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -l-piperazinyl, 4- [3,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl, 4-[3-(ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl and 4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -l-piperazinyl. 24. An amino substituted steroid according to claim 1 where R2χ and R 210 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom form 1- piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2)j-. 25. An amino substituted steroid according -to claim 1 where the pharmaceutically acceptable salt Is selected from the group consist¬ ing of hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydrogen iodide, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, succinate, benzoate, salicycla-- te, pamoate, cyclohexanesulfamate, methanesulfonate, naphthalenesul- fonate, p-toluenesulfonate, maleate, fumarate and oxalate. 26. A Δ 9* ^ 11 )-steroid,of the. formula where : (A-I) Eg is α-Egχ: ?-Eg2 and Eχo is α-EχQχ:^-Eχg 2 • where one of E 6 χ and Eg 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, -Cl, -Br or Cι-C 3 alkyl, E 101 and E 5 taken together are -(CH 2 )2- --E33 -CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where E33 is -0 or a-U'.β-OE^^ or a-OE^^ '.β-H , where E34 is -H, -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg, where Eχ 0 2 is -CH 3 ; (A-II) Eg is -_-Eg 3 :/3-E 5 4, Eg is -Eg 3 :/3-Eg4 and Eχ 0 is α-Eχ 03 : / 9-Eχo4, where one of Eg3 and Eg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of E 3 and Eg4 forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Eχø4 is -CH3, Eχ Q 3 and the other of E 3 and 54 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(H)(OH)-CH 2 -; (A-IV) Eg is α-E 57 :9-E 58 , Eg is c_-Eg 7 :/3-Eg 8 and Eχ 0 is α-Eχ 07 : /9-Eχgg, where one of Eg and Egg is -H, Eχ 7 and the other of Eg 7 and Egg taken together are -(CH2)2"C(-E33 -CH2, where E33 is as defined above, Eχøg is -CH3, where one of Eg and Egg is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C 3 alkyl; where: (D-I) Exg is α:-Eχgχ; 3-Eχg2, where one of ~ -__ _ and Eχg2 is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH 3 or -OH; (D-II) E 17 is -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 H 5 , -OH or -0-CO-Eχ 7 χ, where Eχ 7 χ is Cχ-Gg alkyl or Xχ ( where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C 3 alkoxy, -COOH, -NH 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3)alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or dif- ferent, 1-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperidinyl, 1-hexamethylenimino- , 1- heptamethylenimino- , C2-C4 acylamino and -NH-CHO or with 1 -F or -CF 3 ; (D-III) Z is -0, -CH 2 , E 2 o:-H where E 2 o is -H or -CH 3 ; (D-IV) J is 1-(4-methyl)-piperazinyl, [J * ■ i ] 1-(4-acetyl)-piperazinyl, [J- ■ 2 ] 1-(4-hydroxy)-piperidinyl [J - * 3 ] 1-piperidinyl optionally substituted with 2-hydroxyethyl, [J * -4] 4-morpholinyl [J ' • 5 ] and the 16,17-acetonide thereof when £ χ and Eχ 7 are both -OH; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. 27. A Δ 9 ^ ** *-' -steroid according to claim 26 which is selected from the group consisting of 17α-hydroxy-21-(4-__orpholinyl) -pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-(4-acetyl-l-piperazinyl)-17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll) - diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl) -pregna-4, 9(11) - diene-3,20-dione. 28. An amine selected from the group consisting of methyl[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethyl]amine, 4-(2-furanylcarbonyl)piperazine, 4- [(3-hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl]piperazine, 4- [6-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4- [3-amino-6-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(dimethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4-[2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4-[6-amino-4-(diethylamino) -2-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [2,6-bis(dimethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [2-(diethylamino)-6-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [2,6-bis(4-methyl-1-piρerazinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [2- (diethylamino) -6-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] - piperazine, 4- [2-(diethylamino)-6-(1-piperidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4-(2,6-di-l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)piρerazine, 4-[2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4-[2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [4,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyrimidinyl]piperazine, 4- [(5-methyl)-4-phenyl-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl]piperazine, 4-(benzo[b]thien-2-yl)piperazine, 4- [2-amino-5-(l-pyrrolidinyl)phenyl]piperazine, [2- (3 , 4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)methyl]- amine [ (3 ,4-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl] [2- (3 , -dime hoxyphenyl)ethyl-- ]amine, 4- [2- [4- [2 ,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - ethyl]piperazine, 4- [4,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -1-piperazine, 4- [3,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4- [6-(ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] iperazine, 4- [6-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]piperazine, 4- [5,6-bis(2-pyridinyl) -l,2,4-triazin-3-yl]piperazine and salts and hydrates thereof. 29. An amine according to claim 28 which is selected from the group consisting of 4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazine, 4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazine, 4- [4,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyrimidinyl] -l-plperazine, 4- [4,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -1-piperazine, 4- [3,6-bis(diethylamino) -2-pyridinyl]piperazine, 4-[6-(ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine and 4-[4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]piperazine. 30. An amine according to claim 29 which is 4-(2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimidinyl)piperazine, 4- [6-(ethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine and 4- [4,6-bis(2-pyridinyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]piperazine. 31. A steroid selected from the group consisting of 11 β-carbox -17 -hydrox androst-4-ene-3-one, 17α,21-dihydroxypregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione 21-tosylate, 21-iodo-lδα- eth lpregna-1,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-21-iodo-16α-methylpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21-iodo-16ct-methylpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, llβ-hydroxypregn-5-ene-21-al 3-ethylene ketal, pregna-5,9(ll)-dien-21-al 3-ethylene ketal, 21-hydroxy-20-methylpregn-4-en-3-one 21-mesylate, Δ -bisnoraldehyde, 21-hydroxypregna-l,4,9(ll) ,16-tetraene-3,20-dione 21-mesylate, δα-fluoro-17α,21-dihydroxy-16/3-meth lpregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20- dione 21-tosylate, 21-iodo-lδα,17α-dime h lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21-hydroxy-16α-meth lpregna-1,4,6,9(11) -tetraene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-179-(1-oxo- [4-mesyloxy]butyl)androsta-4,9(11) -dien-3- one; and the corresponding 21-bromide, 21-iodide, 21-mesylate and 21- tosylate. 32. A steroid according to claim 31 which is selected from the group ' 5 consisting of 21-iodo-16α-meth lpregna-1,4,9(11) -triene-3,20-dione and 21-iodo-16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione. 33. 21-[(2-(diethylaminoethyl)amino] -9α-fluoro-11/9,17α-dihydroxy- 0 pregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione. 34. A process to produce an amino substituted steroid of the formul 5 where: (A-I) Rg is α-Rg. : / 9-Rg 2 , Rχ 0 is α-Rχ 01 :/3-Rχ 02 and R 7 is α-H:/3-H, where one of Rgx and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or C -C alkyl, Rχo 2 is -CH3, Rχoχ and Rg taken together are - (CH2)2** C (-R33)- 0 CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H:/3-0R 3 4 or _r-0R 3 4:^-H, where R34 Is -H, -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0- C.2H5: (A-II) Rg Is -Rg 3 :^- g4, Rg is -R 63 : -Rg , Rχ 0 is a-R 102 :β- R 104 5 and R 7 is α-H: / 3-H, where one of Rg3 and R 4 is -H, and the othe taken together with one of Rg3 and Rg4 forms a second bond between C and Cg, χo4 s -CH3, Rχø3 and the other of R and Rg4 take together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH)-CH 2 - ; (A-III) Rχo and Rg taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R 3 * ) -CH- where R 3 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, -CO-H, C2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg Is α-Rgg:/9- Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R 7 is α-H:/3-H; (A-IV) Rg is α-R 57 :/3-Rgg, Rg is α-Rg 7 :/3-Rgg, R 7 is α-H:3-H and χ Is c.-Rχo :9-Rχo , where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H, Rχo7 and the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are -(CH2 2" C (-R 3) -CH2, where R33 is as defined above, Rχo8 i "GH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or C -C3 alkyl; (A-V) Rg is R 9: gχo. R7 s ϊ*-79 :R 710> R 10 is α " R 109 :R 1010- where one of Rgg and Rgχo I -H and the other taken together with one of R79 and R7X0 forms a second bond between Cg and C 7 , and the other of R g and R χo i -H, Rχoχo i ~^ ~~ 3 ' R 109 and 5 taken together are - CH2)2-C(- 33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; where: (G-I) Rxx is -Rχχχ:^-Rχχ2, where one of Rxxx and Rχχ2 taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and Oχχ and the other of Rx x and χχ2 is -H; (C-II) Rg is -Cl and R lχ is -0 or α-H:/3-Rχχ4 where Rχχ4 is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0 or a - -__5 -' β-R__6 , where one of Rxx and Rxx is -H, and the other of xx and Rxx is -H, -OH or Cχ-Cχ 2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is α-0-CO-Rχχ 7 :/3-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) Gχ-Cχ2 alkoxy, (G) furanyl, (D) -NRχ22Rχ23ι where one of Rχ22 an d ^123 i- 3 "*^> me h l or ethyl and the other is -H, Cχ-C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) -X -XX, where X3 is -0- or a valence bond, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -COOH, -NH 2 , Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C )alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, l-pyrrolidinyl-, 1-piperid- inyl, 1-hexamethylenimino- , 1-heptamethylenlmino- , C2-C4 acylamino and -NH-CH0 or with 1 -F or -CF 3 ; where: I -142- (D-I) Rxg is RχδX :R 162 and R 17 i* 3 R 171 :R 172> where one of Rxgx and Rχg2 i -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ7χ and χ72 forms a second bond between 0χg and Cχ , and the other of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 72 is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR2χR2χo. where Z is -0, -CH 2 or Rχ 7 g:- ' H where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1 through 6, where (A) R 2 χ is (1) -(CH2) m - R2χχ-X2, where m is 2, 3 or 4, where R2χχ is -H or Cχ-C3 alkyl, where X2 is: [A] (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R2X2 > being the same or different, where R2X2 is (1) -F, (ϋ) -Cl, (iii) -Br, (iv) Cχ-C 5 alkyl, • (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) -Xx, where Xx is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3R2X3 where the 2X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C 3 alkyl or- -CH2-CH-CH2, (villa) *CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where -q is 1 through 5, (viii/3) *CH2-CH2-(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH2-CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -SO-, -SO2- or -NHR2X4, where 214 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms is 4, 5 or 6, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiii) 1-hexamethyleneimino containing a 3- or 4- double bond or 3- and 5- double bonds, [f] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-l-pyrldinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xv) -OH, (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xvii) -NR2χ 7 -(CH 2 ) e -Q where Q is 2-pyridi- nyl where R2l is -H or C -C3 alkyl and e is 0 through 3, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (1) (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R 2 12 s as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl / - ' or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R2X2 is as defined above, . (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 R 2 χ 2 as is defined above, (6) (e) pyrazin-2-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 2X2 as s defined above, (7) (f) imidazol-2-yl optionally substitututed in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or -Xχ ; where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R2X2 as defined above, (8) (g) 1,3,4-trlazol-2-yl optionally substituted in the 1 position with C -C3 alkyl or -Xx, where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with R212 as defined above, (9) (h) imidazol-4- or 5-yl optionally substituted in the 1 position with Cχ-C3 alkyl or -Xx, where Xx is as defined above, and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R2χ 2 as defined above, (10) (i) benzo[b]thien-2-yl, (12a) (j) indol-2-yl, (12b) (k) benzo[b]thiazol-2-yl, (12c) (1) benzimidazol-2-yl, (12d) (m) 4-[2-[4-[2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]ethyl]piperazinyl, (13) (n) 1,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R χ 2 as is defined above, (14) (2) (l-piperazinyl) -(C 2 -C4)alk l optionally sub¬ stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or -X as defined above, [B] (3) -X 2 , as defined above, [0] (4) - CH 2 ) m -X4 where m is as defined above and where X4 is (a) -0-CH 2 CH2- , where Y is Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di Cχ-C3 alkylamino where the alkyl groups are the same or different, C ~C alkyleneimino, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C3 alkyl, (b) -NR220 CH 2 CH 2~ Y > where R 22 Q is -H or Cχ-C 3 alkyl and Y is as defined above, (c) -(CH 2 ) g -N(R 220 )-X , where g is 2, 3 or 4, and where R 2 o an d X are as defined above, [H] (5) -(CH ) m -NR 2 22 R 223* where R222 i* 3 " H or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R223 i s " l or " 2 as defined above, or R222 an R 223 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a saturated mono-nitrogen C3-Cg heterocyclic ring and where m is as defined above, [I] (6) -(CHCH 3 )- b -(CH 2 )f-R224- where b is 0 and f is 1 through 3 or b is one and f is 0 through 3, where R224 i phenyl substituted with 1 through 3 -OH, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -N 225&226 where R225 and R226 are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a C4_C 7 cyclica ino ring, . [J] (7) -(CH2)χ- 2» where i is 1 through 4 and X2 is as defined above, ,[K] (8) (l-piperazinyl)acetyl substituted in the 4- position by X2 where X2 is as defined above, [L] (9) (l-piperazinyl)carbonylmethyl substituted in the 4- position by -X2 where X2 is as defined above, and [M] (B) R 210 is (1) -H, (2) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (3) Cg-C 7 cycloalkyl, (4) -(CH 2 ) m -NR χχ-X 2 , where , R 2 χi and X2 are as defined above, [A] (5) (1-piρerazinyl)-(C2-C4)alkyl optionally sub- stituted in the 4- position with ~Xχ or -X2 as defined above, [B] (6) -(CH 2 ) m -X4, where and X4 are as defined above, [H] (7) -(CH ) m -NR 2 22 R 223 ' where m, R 22 2 an R 223 are as defined above, [I] (8) -(CHCH 3 ) * ]--(CH2)f-R224- where b, f and 2 24 are as defined above, [J] (C) R2χ and R210 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (1) 2-(carboxy)-1-ρyrrolidinyl optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-l] (2) 2-(carboxy)-1-piperidinyl optionally as the Gχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [G-2] (3) 2-(carboxy)-1-hexamethyleneimino optionally as the Cχ-C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-3] (4) 2-(carboxy)-1-heptamethyleneimino optionally as the C -C3 alkyl ester or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, [C-4] (5) l-piperazinyl substituted In the 4- position with R228-CO-(CH2. i - where 228 * 3 "*^1> "^229*^1 an 2-furanyl, where 229 is -H or C -C3 alkyl, where j is 0 through 3 and Xx is as defined above, ' [D] (6) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2"(CH2)-j-, where X2 and j are as defined above, [E] (7) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2)-*-, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted In the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] (9) 1-piρerazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2- R229-CO-(CH 2 )χ- , where X , R 22 9 aπ -d i are as defined above; [N] (D-II) Rx is -Rχ 3: 3-Rχg4 where one of Rχg3 and Rχ 4 is -H and the other is -H, -F, -CH3 or -OH, and Rχ 7 is -CH-(CH 2 ) p -NR2χR2 o. where p is 1 or 2, where R2χ and R210 are as defined above; (D-III) R g is α-Rχgg:/3-Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ g:/3-Rχ 7 , where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH 3 , with the proviso that at least one of x and x is -H, where Rχ g is- H. -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C 2 -C alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where x is as defined above, and where Rχ g is -C(-Z) -(CH2 n -NR2χR2χo■ where Z, n, R2χ and R2X0 are as defined above; (D-IV) the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where Rxgg is -OH, xg is -H, Rχ 75 is -OH and Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z) -(CH2) n -NR 2 χ 2χo. where Z, n, " R 21 an R 210 are as defined above; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof; with the following overall provisos that: (I) one of Rxgx or Rχg2 is taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ or Rχ 7 2 to form a second bond between Oχg and Cχ 7 , only when Rχø is o *- R 101 : P , -H-102' α - R 103 : 0- R 104' β - R 107 : "R 108 or α - R 109-P^IOIO> (II) Rχ 7 is -CH- CH 2 ) p -NR2χR2χo- onl y when Rχ 0 is α-Rχoχ: ^-R 102 , α-R 103 : -Rχ 0 4, α-Rχ 07 : -Rχo8 or «- R 109 : 0- R 1010- (III) Rg and Rχ 0 taken together are -CH-CH-C(0R 3 ) -CH-, only when Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 g:/9-Rχ 7 g or the 16,17-acetonide of a compound where R 16 is α-OH: / 8-H and Rχ 7 is α-0H:/3-C(-Z) -(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR2χo> and (IV) Rg Is α-Rg :/3-R5 , only when Rχ 7 is ct-Rχ7g:/3-Rχ 7 g or α-0H:^-C-(—Z -(CH 2 ) n -NR2 R2X0ι °r the 16,17-acetonlde thereof whic comprises contacting a compound of the formula R_ where Xχ 7 is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -Xg or -CH-(CH 2 ) p -Xg, where Xg is -Cl, -Br, -I, -SO2-CH3 or -S0 2 -CgH4-CH3 and where Z, n, p, Rχ 0 , R , R , R , R9, R χi ι and Rxg are as defined above, with an amine of the formul HNR2χR2χo > where R2χ and R2XO are as defined above, in an aprotic solvent. 35. A process according to claim 34 where the aprotic solvent is selected from the group consisting of DMF, THF, methylene chloride, acetonitrile, DMA, ether and mixtures thereof. 36. A process according to claim 34 where the process is performe I -147- In the presence of a base. 37. A process according to claim 36 where the base is carbonate, bicarbonate, thiethylamine and diisopropylethylamine and mixtures 5 thereof. 38. A process according to claim 34 where: (A-I) Rg Is α-Rgχ:/3-Rg 2 , Rχo is and 7 is a- .' β-R, where one of Rgx and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 10 alkyl, Rχo2 i- 3 - Cl ^3 > 101 and 5 taken together are -(CH2)2 _ C(-R33 - CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 Is -0 fox -H '.β-OR-^^ or -OR34:9-H, where R34 is -H, -CO-CH3, -C0-.C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0- C 2 Hg; (A-II) Rg is α-R 53 :/9-Rg4, Rg is α-Rg 3 :/3-Rg 4 , Rχ 0 Is -Rχ 0 3:jS- I 5 R 104 and R 7 is α-H:/9-H, where one of Rg3 and , g4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg3 and. Rg forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Rχo4 is -CH3, Rχo3 and the other of 'Rg3 and Rg4 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH)-CH 2 - ; 20 (A-III) Rχo and Rg taken -together are -CH- where R3 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, -CO-H, C2-C4 alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rgg:^- Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl and R 7 is α-H:/3-H; (A-IV) Rg is α-Rg 7 :/3-Rgg, Rg is α-Rg 7 :/3-Rgg, R 7 is α-H:/3-H and 25 Rχø is α-Rχo 7 : 3-Rχog, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H, Rχo7 and the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are - (CH 2 )2-C(-R33)-CH2, where R33 is as defined above, χ Q 8 i "GH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl; (A-V) R 6 is Rgg:Rgχo. 7 is R 7 g:R χo> I0 is °-- R 109 :R 1010> where 30 one of Rgg and Rgχo is -H and the other taken together with one of R 7 9 and R 7 χo forms a second bond between Cg and C 7 , and the other of R 7 9 and R 7 χo i -H, Rχoχθ i* 3 "C- - R 109 an 5 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C -R33)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is as defined above; 35 where: (C-I) Rxx is α-Rχχχ' 3-Rχχ2ι where one of Rxxx and Rχχ2 i taken together with Rg to form a second bond between Cg and 0χχ and the other of Rxxx and R χ2 is -H; (G-II) Rg is -Cl and Rxx is -0 or α-H:3-Rχχ4 where Rχχ4 is -Cl or -OH; (C-III) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is -0 or α-Rχχg: / 9-Rχχg, where one of Rxxg and Rxxg is -H, and the other of Rxxg and Rxx is -H, -OH or Cχ-Cχ2 alkoxy; (C-IV) Rg is -H or -F and Rxx is α-0-CO-Rχχ 7 :/3-H, where Rχχ 7 is (A) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (B) Cχ-Cχ alkoxy, (C) furan l, (D) -NRχ Rχ23. where one of Rχ 2 2 and R 123 i* 3 "-**» met hyl or ethyl and the other is -H, Cχ-C4 alkyl or phenyl, (E) - 3-XX, where X3 is -0- or a valence bond, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, Cχ-C3 alkoxy, -NH 2 , Cχ-C3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3 alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or different, l-pyrrolidinyl-, 1-piperidinyl, C 2 -C4 acylamino and -NH-CHO; where: (D-III) Rχ 6 is α-Rχgg:/3-Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 g:/3-Rχ 7 g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχg5 and Rx is -H, where Rχ 7 g is- H, -OH, -GH3, -CH 2 CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-C0-Xχ, where Xx is. as defined above, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 2 χo > where Z is -0, -CH2 or Rχ 7 g:-H, where R.χ-79 is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) R2χ and R2XO are taken together with the attached / nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(CH2)- , where j is 0 and where X2 is: (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R 2 2 > being the same or different, where 2X2 i (iv) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (vi) -Xχ 7 where Xx is as defined above, (vii) -NR2X3 213 where the 213' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (vliiα) *CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viiiø) *CH2-CH2-(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH2-CH2-N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk ( * *) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2- or -NHR2X , where 2X4 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that he total number of ring carbon,atoms is 4 or 5, [a] (ix) 3-pyrrolinτl-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrIdIn-l-yl, [e] (xiv) 1,4-dihydro-1-pyridinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C3 alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-triazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R212 i as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with 2X2 s as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 2X2 as is defined above, (6) [E] (n) 1,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with 212 as is defined above, (14) (7) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2)-j-, where X and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. 39. A process according to claim 38 where: ι (A-I) Rg is α-Rgχ:jS-Rg2, Rχo s α- R X01 : ^- R 102 and R 7 is <*-H:3-H, where one of Rgx and Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχ 02 is -CH3, Rχoχ and Rg taken together are - - CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0; where: (C-I) Rxx is α- R lll-/3'-Rχχ2, where one of xxx and Rχχ2 is taken together with R9 to form a second bond between Cg and Cxx and the other of R x and Rχχ2 -H; (C-III) Rg is -H and Rxx is where both x and Rχχ 6 are -H; where: (D-III) R 16 Is β -Ri65 : 0- R 166 and R 17 is α - R 175 : ^- R 176- whβre Rχ 65 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH 3 , with the proviso that at least one of Rx g and R is -H, where Rχ 7 g is- H, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, C2"C alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, where Xx is as defined above, and where Rχ g is -C(-Z)-(CH ) n -NR χR 2 χo, where Z Is -0, -CH 2 or Rχ 7 9:-H, where Rχ 7 g is -H or -CH3, where n is 1, where (C) R2χ and R210 are taken together with the attached nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of (6) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with X2-(GH2 -ι-, where j is 0 and where X 2 is: (a) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted by 1 or 2 R χ 2 , being the same or different, / where R2X2 is (iv) Cχ-C 3 alkyl, (v) -CH 2 -CH-CH 2 , (vi) - x, where Xx is as defined above, (vii) -NR χ3R 2 χ where the 2 X3' S are the same or different and are -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl or -CH2-CH-CH2, (viiiα) *CH -(CH2 q -CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where q is 1 through 3, (viiiø) *CH2-CH 2 -(CH 2 ) c -G-(CH 2 ) d -CH2-CH 2 -N*- where the atoms marked with an asterisk (*) are bonded to each other resulting in the formation of a ring, where G is -0- , -S-, -S0-, I -S0 - or -NHR χ4, where 2 χ4 is -H, Cχ-C3 alkyl, or Xx as defined above, where c and d are the same or different and are 0 through 2 with the proviso that t he total number of ring carbon atoms Is 4 or 5, [a] ' (ix) 3-pyrrolin-l-yl, [b] (x) pyrrol-1-yl optionally substituted with Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [c] (xi) piperidln-l-yl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cχ-C 3 alkyl, [d] (xii) 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-l-yl, [e] (xiv) l,4-dihyd-:o-l-pyrldinyl substituted in the 4 position by two Cχ-C alkyl being the same or different, [g] (xvi) Cχ-C3 alkoxy, (xviii) pyridin-2-, 3- or 4-yl, (b) l,3,5-trlazin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6-. position with R χ 2 is as defined above, (4) (c) pyrimidin-4-yl or the N-oxide thereof optionally substituted at the 2- and/or 6- position with R 2 l 2 is as defined above, (5) (d) pyrimidin-2-yl optionally substituted at 4- and/or 6- position with 1 or 2 R 212 as is defined above, (6) [E] (n) 1,2,4-triazin-3-yl optionally substituted at the 5- and/or 6- position with R212 as i defined above, (14) (7) l-piperazinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xχ-(CH2)-j-, where Xx and j are as defined above, [F] (8) 4-hydroxy-l-piperidinyl substituted in the 4- position with Xx as defined above, [G] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof. 40. A process according to claim 34 to produce the amino steroid of the formula ^61 '62 15 • 30 where: Rg is α-Rgχ * . J-Rg 2 and Rχo is α-Rχoχ:3-Rχg ι where one of Rg and Rg 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχo 2 i "CH3, Rχ 0 χ and Rg taken together are - (CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R 3 3) -CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH- 35 where R33 is -0 or a-E'.β-OR-^^ or α-OR34:/3-H, where R34 is -H, -C0- CH 3 , -C0-C 2 H 5 , -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg or Rg is a-R 5 :β- 54> 6 i- 3 α " R 63*^" R 64 n R 10 * 3 Q " 103 : ^" 104 w ^ere one of R an Rg4 Is -H, and the other taken together with one of R and R 4 form a second bond between Cg and Cg, Rχo4 i -CH3, Rχo3 and the other of R 53 and R 4 taken together are -CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH) -CH - , R 7 is α-H:/9-H and Rχ 6 Is - R χ65- - R 166 and R 17 is °- R 175 : 0" R 176» where 165 is " H > -OH, -F or -GH3 and Rχg 6 is -H, -OH, -F, or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of xgg and Rxgg must be -H, where Rχ-75 is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH 2 CH3, C 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g Is -C(-Z)-(CH ) n -NR χR χo, whree .... is a single or double bond and - indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 41. A process according to claim 34 to prepare an amino steroid (la and lb) which is selected from.the group consisting of 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)- diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2-amino-6 (diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - 17α-hydroχypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-hydroxy-4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenyl-l- piperidinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-furanylcarbonyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-(4-(benzo[b]thien-2-yl)-l-piperazinyl)pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)- diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydrox -21- [4- [ [ (3-chlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-21- [4- (2-me hoxyphenyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2, 6-bis(dimethylamino) -4-pyrimindinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(3,6-dimethylpyrazinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2-(diethylamino) -6-(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxyρregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17 α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2-(diethylamino)- -6-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[2-(diethylamino)-6-(1-piperidinyl)-4- pyrimidiyl]l-piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-trlene-3,20-dione, 1 7 α-hyd r o x y - 21-[4-[2,6-bis(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]l-piperazinyl]p- regna4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydrox-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinylpregn-4-ene-3,11,20- trione, ll3,17α-dihydroxy-6α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]- pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(6-methoxy-2-pyrldinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, llα,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-ρlperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [methyl[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethyl]amino]- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-diope, ll3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4- diene-3,20-dione, ll3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l-piperazinyl]preg- na-1,4- diene-3,20-dione, ll/3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 1,4-diene-3,20-dione, llα,17α-dihydroxy/-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene- 3,20-dione, 21-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-l-piperazinyl] -llα,17α-dihydroxypregn-4- ene-3,20-dione, llα,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4- ene-3,20-dione dihydrochloride, llα,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-. 3,20-dione ll-(2-furanylcarbonyl) , llα,17α-dihydroxy-21-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4- ene-3,20-dione 11-(3,3-dimethyl-l-butyrate) , 113,17α-dihydroxy-21- [4- (4-methoxyphenyl)-l-piperazinyl] -6α- meth lpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, i ll / 3,17α-dihydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]amino] -6α- methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-21- [4-(pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3,20- dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [ [2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl] [3,4,5-trimethoxy- phenyl)methyl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [ [2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]amino] - pregna4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [l-(2-carboxy)piperidinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11) -diene- 3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]ρregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-methoxyphenyl) -l-piperazinyljpregn-4-ene- 3, 20 -dione, 17α-hydroxy-21- [4- [3 ,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl] -1 -piperazinyl - pregna4, 9(11) -diene-3 , 20-dione , 17 -hydrox -21- [4- (2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl]pregn-4-ene-3 ,20- dione , 21- [4- (2 -pyridinyl) - 1 -piperazinyl ]pregn- 4- ene -3, 11, 20 -trione, 17α-hydroxy-6α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl] pregn - l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-6α-methyl-21[4-2,6-di-l-pyrrolidinyl-4-pyrimin- dinyl-1- piperazinyl] pregna- 1, 4, 9 (11) -triene- 3 ,20- dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(5-methyl-4-phyenyl-4H-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-l- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll) -diene -3 ,20 -dione, 21- [4- (2 -pyridinyl) -l-piperazinyl] pregna- 1^4, 9 (11) - triene- 3,20- dione, 21-[4-[2, 6-bis (diethylamino) -4 -pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - llα, 17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3 , 20 -dione , 17 α-hyd roxy- 21 - [ [ 2 - ( 3 , 4 - dimethoxyphenyl - ) ethyl] -4- (dimethylamino) - phenyl]methyl]amino]pregna-4,9(11)-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2-amino-5- (l-pyrrolidinyl)phenyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxy-pregna4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregn-4-ene-3 ,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyrldinylmethyl)-l-piperazinyl] -pregna- 4,9(ll)-diene3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[[4-(diemth lamino)phenyl]methyl]-1- piperazinyl]-pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17/3-carboxy-17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one 4-(2-pyridinyl)-1- piperazinyl amide, 11 β-carboxy-17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one 1- [2,6-bis(diethyl¬ amino)-4-pyrimidinyl]-l-piperazinyl] amide, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene- 3,11,20-trione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[4,6-bis(2-propenylamino)-l,3,5 t r i - azin-2-yl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[(3-hydroxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl] -l-piperazinyl- pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 1 7 α-hydrox y - 2 1 - [ 4 - [ 6 - ( 1 - p y r - rolidinyl)-2-ρyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-ρiperazinyl] -17α- hydroxy-6α-methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl]-1- piperazinyl]pregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl] regna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, llα,17α-dihydroxy-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4- diene-3, 0-dione, 17α-hydroxy-21-[[(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl] [2-(3,4-dimethoxy¬ phenyl)-ethyl]amino]pregna4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3-amino-6-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypr gna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]-llα- hydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2 , 6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -1-ρiperazinyl]- llα,17α-dihydroxypregn-4-ene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [4,6-bis(2-propenylamino)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregn-4-ene-3,11,20-trione, 17α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 17 -hydrox -21-[4-[2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperaziny1]pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [4,6-bis(diethylamino)-2-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 16 -methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4,9(11) - triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- (2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna- l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl)-l-piperazinyl]pregna-l,4-diene- 3,20dione, f 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- meth lpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl] -llα- hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- methylpregna-l,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, ' llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4- pyrimidinyl] -piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, llα-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis(morpholino) - - -pyrimidinyl]l-piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimi'dinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- methylpregna-l,4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2, 6-bis(allylamino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -llα- hydroxy-16α-methylpregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2, 6-bis(allylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- meth lpregna-1,4-ene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pr- egn4-ene-3,11,20-trione, 21-[4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(dimethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -1- piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(ll)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2,6-di-(i-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4- [2-pyridinyl) -1-ρiperazinyl] -pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20- dione, 17α-hydrox -17/3- [ [ [ (2-pyridinyl)methyl] mino]carbonyl]androst-4- en-3-one, 21- [4- (2 , 6-di- (l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl) -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2,6-di-(4-morpholinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl) -l-piperazinyl] -17α- hydroxypregna-4,9(ll) -diene-3,20-dione, 11/3-hydroxy-21- [4-(2-pyridinyl) -l-piperazinylpregn-4-en-3-one, 21- [4- (2 , 6-di- (l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl] - pregna-4-ene-3-one, 20-methyl-21-[4-(2-pyridinyl)-1-piperazinyl]pregn-4-en-3-one, 21- [4- (2 , 6-di- (l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl) -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4-(2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl] -20- meth lpregna-1,4-dien-3-one, 2 1 - [ 4 - ( 4 , 6 . - d i - ( l - p y r - rolidinyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-l-piperazinyl] - 16α-methylpregna-1,4, (11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2- [4-[2,6-di-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperaziny] -ethyl] -l-piperazinyl] -17α-hydroxypregna-4,9(11) -diene- 3,20-dione, 21- [4- [2, 6-di-(4-morpholino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]preg¬ na- 1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-[2, 6-bis (diethylamino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -6α- fluoro-17α-hydroxy-163-__ethyl-pregna-4,9(ll) -diene-3,20-dione, 6α-fluoro-17α-hydroxy-16 / 9-methyl : 21-[4- [2,6-bis(l-pyr- rolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -pregna-4,9(11)-diene-3,20-dione, 6α-fluoro-17α-hydroxy-163-methyl-21- [4- (2-ρyridinyl) -1- piperazinyl] -pregna-4,9(11) -diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [4,6-bis-(diethylamino) -2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregna- 1 , 4- diene - 3 , 20 -dione , 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimiinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3 , 6-bis- (diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α- methyl-pregna-l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 21-[4-(2,6-di- (l-pyrrolidinyl) -4-pyrimidinyl)-l-piperazinyl] - 16α,17α-dimethylpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 21- [4- [3,6-bis-(diethylamino) -2-pyridinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -16α,l- 7α- dimethylpregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 3/3-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one, 21- [4- [3- (ethylamino) -2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] -16α-methyl- pregna- l,4,9(ll)-triene-3,20-dione, 21-[4- [3-(diethylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazinyl] -16α-meth lpreg- na-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione, 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4-pyrimidinyl] -1- piperazinyl]pregna-1,4,6,9(11)-tetraene-3,20-dione, 3/3-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl) -4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-phosρhate, 3/3-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -1-piperazinyl]pregn-5-en-20-one 3-phosphate, 3α-hydroxy-16α-methyl-21-[4-[2,6-bis-(l-pyrrolidinyl)-4- pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] -5α-pregnan-20-one 3-phosphate. 42. A process according to claim 41 to produce the amino steroid 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino) -4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-1,4,9(11)-triene-3,20-dione. 43. A process according to claim 42 to produce the amino steroid 16α-methyl-21- [4- [2,6-bis(pyrrolidino)-4-pyrimidinyl] -l-piperazinyl] - pregna-1,4,9(11)-trIene-3,20-dione monomethanesulfonate. 44. A process according to claim 34 to produce the aromatic steroid of the formula where Rχo and Rg taken together are -CH-CH-C(OR3)-CH- where R 3 is -H, Cχ-C 3 alkyl, -CO-H, C2-C alkanoyl or benzyl, Rg is α-Rg 5 :/9-Rgg where one of Rgg and Rgg is -H, and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-G 3 alkyl, R 7 is α-H: -H and Rxg Is α-Rχgg:/3-Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 g:/3-Rχ g, where Rχg 5 is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3 and Rχ 6 g is -H, -OH, -F, -CH3, with the proviso that at least ' one of Rxgg and Rxg must be -H, where Rχ g is -H, -OH, -CH3, -CH 2 CH3, C -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR 2 χR 2 χo. 45. A process according to claim 34 to produce a /_--° steroid of the formula where Rg is α-Rgχ: 3-Rg2 and R o is α-Rχoχ:/3-Rχø2 ■ where one of Rg or Rg2 is -H, and the other is -H, -OH, -F, C -C3 alkyl or phenyl, Rχo 2 is -CH3, Rχ 0 χ and Rg taken together are - (CH2) 2 - (- 33) -CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -0 or α-H: -0R34 or α-OR 3 4:/3-H, where R34 is -H, -C0-CH 3l -C0-C 2 Hg, -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 H or Rg is" a-R__ :β-R_^, Rg is α-Rg3: -Rg4 and Rχo Is -R Q 3:/3-Rχø4 where one of Rg3 and R 4 Is -H, and the other taken together with one of R and R foirms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Rχo4 is -CH3, Rχ Q 3 and the other of R 53 and R 5 4 taken together are -(CH 2 )2-C(H (OH) -CH 2 - , R7 is α-H:/3-H and R is R X61 :R 162 and R 17 -*- s R 171 :R 172* where one of R gx and Rχg 2 is -H or -CH3 and the other taken together with one of Rχ 7 χ and Rχ 7 forms a second bond between Cxg and Cχ 7 , and the other of R 171 an R 172 ≤ "G(~Z)-(CH 2 ) n -NR2χR2χ where .... Is a single or double bond and where _ indicates that there are 2 possible orienta¬ tions for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 46. A process according to claim 34 to produce a reduced A/B-ring steroid of the formula where Rg Is α-g 7 :/3-Rgg, Rg is α-Rg 7 : 3-Rgg and Rχ is α-Rχg 7 '/S-Rχo8 > where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H, Rχo7 an d the other of Rg 7 and Rgg taken together are -(CH2)2*-C(R33) -CH2, where R33 is -0 or α-H:/3-OR 3 4 or a-OR^ '.β-'Α, where R34 is -H, -CO-CH3, -C0-C 2 Hg, -CC CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg, Rχ Q 8 is -CH3, where one of Rg 7 and Rgg is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C 3 alkyl, R 7 Is a-W '. β -H and Rχ 6 is α-Rχgg: -Rχgg and Rχ 7 is α-Rχ 7 g:/3-Rχ 7 , where Rχ 65 is -H, -OH, -F or -CHβ-and Rxg is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, with the proviso that at least one of Rχg 5 and Rx must be -H, where Rχ 75 is -H, -OH, -CH3,- CH2CH3, G 2 -C 7 alkanoyloxy or -0-CO-Xχ, and where Rχ 7 g is -C(-Z)- (CH 2 ) n -NR21 R 210 » where is a single or double bond and where _ Indicates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. * ι 7 47. A process according to claim 34 to produce a Δ *** ' steroid of the formula ' where: Rg is α-Rgχ: 3-Rg 2 and Rχo is α-Rχgχ:3-Rχo , where one of R τ_ and Rg 2 is'-H, and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C3 alkyl, Rχo2 is "GH3, Rχ 0 χ and Rg taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(-R 3 3)-CH- or -CH-CH-C0-CH-, where R33 is -O or α-H:/3-0R 3 4 or a-0R_^ '. β- ' rl , where R34 is -H, -C0- CH 3> -C0-C 2 H 5 , -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg or Rg is α-Rg 3 :/3- Rg4, Rg is α-R 3: -Rg4 and Rχo is α-Rχg3:/3-Rχø4 where one of Rg3 and Rg4 is -H, and the other taken together with one of Rg and Rg4 forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, R χo4 i -CH3, R χo3 and the other of R 53 and R 5 taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(H) (OH) -CH 2 - , R 7 is α-H:/3-H and Rxg is α-Rχg3: ?-Rχg4 where one of Rχg3 and Rχ 4 is -H and the other is -H, -OH, -F or -CH3, and R 17 is -CH-(CH 2 ) p - R 2 χ 2X0 > where p is 1 or 2, where .... is a single or double bond and where _ indi¬ cates that there are 2 possible orientations for the attached group, (1) α or β when attached to the steroid ring and (2) cis or trans when attached to a carbon atom of a double bond. 48. A process according to claim 34 where the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is selected from the group consisting of hydrochlori- de, hydrobromide, hydrogen iodide, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, succinate, benzoate, salicyclate, pamoate, cyclohe- xanesulfamate, methanesulfonate, naphthalenesulfonate, p- oluenesulfonate, maleate, fumarate and oxalate. -165- 9, A process to produce a A" * *- ** -- * -' -steroid of the formula where: (A-I) Eg is α-Egχ:/3-Eg 2 and Eχo is α-Eχoχ: 3-EχQ 2> where one of Egx and Eg 2 is -H, and the other is -H, -F, -Cl, -Br or Cχ-C 3 alkyl, Eχ 0 χ and Eg taken together are -(CH 2 ) 2 -C(-E3 3 )-CH- or -CH-CH-CO-CH-, where E33 is -0 or - .'β-O ^ or α-OE3 :/3-H, where E34 is -H, -C0- CH 3 , -CO-C 2 H 5 , -CO-CgHg, -CO-O-CH3 or -C0-0-C 2 Hg, where Eχ 02 is -CH 3 ; (A-II) Eg is α-E 53 :/3-E 5 4, Eg is α-Eg 3 * ./3-Eg4 and Eχ 0 is α-Eχ 03 : ^-Eχo4, where one of E 3 and E Is -H, and the other taken together with one of E 3 and E forms a second bond between Cg and Cg, Eχ Q 4 • is -CH3, Eχ Q and the other of E and E 4 taken together are -(CH 2 )2**C(H)(OH)-CH 2 -; (A-IV) Eg is α-E 57 : / 3-E 58 , Eg is α-E 67 : -Eg 8 and Eχ 0 is α-Eχ 07 : 3-Eχog, where one of Eg and Egg is -H, Eχo 7 and the other of Eg and Egg taken together are -(CH 2 2-C -E )-CH 2 , where E33 is as defined above, Eχn 8 is -CH3, where one of Eg and Egg Is -H and the other is -H, -F or Cχ-C 3 alkyl; where: (D-I) E £ Is α-Eχgχ; J-Eχg2, where one of Eχg-j_ and E^g2 is - ~~ and the other is -H, -F, -CH3 or -OH; (D-Il) E 17 Is -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 H 5 , -OH or -0-C0-Eχ 7 χ, where Eχ 7 χ is Cχ-Cg alkyl or x, where Xx is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 through 2 -Cl, -Br, Cχ-C 3 alkoxy, -COOH, -NH 2 , Cχ-C 3 alkylamino, di(Cχ-C3 alkylamino, where the alkyl groups are the same or dif¬ ferent, l-pyrrolidinyl- , 1-piperidinyl, 1-hexamethylenlmino- , 1- heptamethylenimino- , C2-G4 acylamlno and -NH-CHO or with 1 -F or -CF 3 ; (D-III) Z is -0, -CH 2 , E 2 o:-H where E 2 o is -H or -CH 3 ; (D-IV) J is 1-(4-methyl)-piperazinyl, [-J-1] l-(4-acetyl) -piperazinyl, [J-2] l-(4-hydroxy)-piperidinyl [-1-3] 1-plperidinyl optionally substituted with 2-hydroxyeth l, [-1-4] 4-morpholinyl [J-5] and the 16,17-acetonide thereof when E gx and Eχ 7 are both -OH; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and hydrates and solvates thereof which comprises contacting a compound of the formula where where Xg. is -Cl, -Br, -I, -S0 2 -CH 3 or -SO2--C6H4-CH3 and where Eχø, Eg, Eg, Ex , Eχ and Z are as defined above, with 1-methyl iperazine, 1-acetylpiperazine, 4-hydroxypiperidine,

Inventors: AYER DONALD E, JACOBSEN E JON, KARNES HAROLD A, MC CALL JOHN M, PALMER JOHN R, VAN DOORNIK FREDERICK J, AYER, DONALD, E., JACOBSEN, E., JON, KARNES, HAROLD, A., MC CALL, JOHN, M., PALMER, JOHN, R., VAN DOORNIK, FREDERICK, J.
Applicants: UPJOHN CO, THE UPJOHN COMPANY
Application year: 1986
Main classification: C07J41
IPC codes: C07D213, C07D239, C07D249, C07D251, C07D295, C07D307, C07D333, C07D401, C07J3, C07J5, C07J7, C07J21, C07J31, C07J41, C07J43